One hundred and eighty-two verses. Meccan. It takes its name from a word in its first verse: ٱلصَّٰٓفَّٰت — "those drawn up in ranks".
The sūra opens with three oaths, and all three are in the same mould: a definite active participle, feminine plural, followed by a verbal noun from its own root. This mould is the opening of several other sūras of the Qurʾān — al-Dhāriyāt, al-Mursalāt, al-Nāziʿāt — and in all of them the same disagreement has arisen: who or what is sworn by is not said. Those three sūras were treated in this commentary; here a fourth will be set beside them, and the comparison will be given in a table.
But the real structure of al-Ṣāffāt lies not in the oaths but in its middle. From the seventy-fifth verse to the hundred and forty-eighth a sequence of prophets is set up: Noah (Nūḥ), Abraham (Ibrāhīm) — and within his account, Isaac (Isḥāq) — Moses (Mūsā) with Aaron (Hārūn), Elijah (Ilyās), Lot (Lūṭ), Jonah (Yūnus). And what is striking about the sequence is not the accounts recounted but how the accounts are closed. Each ends with the same three- or four-sentence seal:
wa taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn — salāmun ʿalā … — innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn — innahu min ʿibādinā'l-muʾminīn
And this seal is not stamped in full on everyone. With one, a piece of the mould is missing; with another, not one of them is there. This is a fact countable from the text, and it will be given below in a separate section in tabular form.
The end of the sūra ties to the same mould. The hundred and eighty-first verse gives peace to all the messengers at once: wa salāmun ʿala'l-mursalīn. The peace given one by one in the sequence is thus repeated collectively at the end — the sūra closes with its own closing formula.
The subject of the sūra is one from beginning to end and can be gathered into two sentences: God is one (verse 4), and the promise given to the messengers is kept (verses 171-173). Everything in between — the sky, the satans, clay, the scene of the reckoning, zaqqūm, seven prophets, the dispute over daughters and sons — is set between these two sentences.
The sūra consists of seven blocks. The block boundaries are for the most part drawn by the text's own repetitions.
| Block | Verses | Subject | What ends the block |
|---|---|---|---|
| I | 1-11 | Three oaths, the ruling of God's oneness, the guarding of the sky, the proof from clay | min ṭīnin lāzib (11) |
| II | 12-39 | Mockery, denial, the objection to resurrection, the reckoning and the quarrel in the fire | mā kuntum taʿmalūn (39) |
| III | 40-61 | Illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn — the picture of the garden and the scene of the qarīn | fa'l-yaʿmali'l-ʿāmilūn (61) |
| IV | 62-74 | Zaqqūm, following the forefathers, the end of those who were warned | illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn (74) |
| V | 75-148 | The sequence of prophets — Noah, Abraham, Moses-Aaron, Elijah, Lot, Jonah | fa-mattaʿnāhum ilā ḥīn (148) |
| VI | 149-170 | The dispute over daughters and sons, the angels, "we are the ones who stand in ranks" | fa-sawfa yaʿlamūn (170) |
| VII | 171-182 | The promise given to the messengers, "turn away" twice, the closing | rabbi'l-ʿālamīn (182) |
- Block III opens with illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn (40) and block IV closes with the same sentence (74).
- The same sentence occurs once more in the account of Elijah (128) and once more in block VI (160). Four times in all.
- In the hundred and sixty-ninth verse the same construction occurs in the mouths of the deniers: la-kunnā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn — "we would surely have been God's chosen servants". The sūra, that is, sets its own key sentence at the end inside a falsehood.
The following are facts that can be verified from the text; the claim that they set up an order is interpretation, and I present it as an observation.
| Repetition | First occurrence | Second occurrence | Difference |
|---|---|---|---|
| fa'staftihim | 11 — "are they harder to create?" | 149 — "daughters for your Lord and sons for them?" | Two block openings with the same command |
| a-idhā mitnā wa kunnā turāban wa ʿiẓāman | 16 — a-innā la-mabʿūthūn | 53 — a-innā la-madīnūn | One word of difference: resurrection / reckoning |
| fa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn | 27 — with wa, in the fire | 50 — with fa, in the garden | The same sentence, two pictures |
| illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn | 40, 74, 128, 160 | — | Four times |
| la-muḥḍarūn / al-muḥḍarīn | 57 (the one saved) | 127, 158 (those to be brought) | The same mould, the reverse direction |
| al-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm | 76 — Noah | 115 — Moses and Aaron | Two deliverances, the same word |
| saqīm | 89 — Abraham | 145 — Jonah | The same word, two different states |
| subḥāna … ʿammā yaṣifūn | 159 — subḥāna'llāh | 180 — subḥāna rabbika rabbi'l-ʿizzati | The second an expansion of the first |
| fa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn · wa abṣir… | 174-175 | 178-179 | An almost exact repetition |
| ص-ف-ف | 1 — wa'ṣ-ṣāffāti ṣaffā | 165 — wa innā la-naḥnu'ṣ-ṣāffūn | The subject of the oath speaks at the end |
| س-ب-ح | 143 — mina'l-musabbiḥīn (Jonah) | 166 — la-naḥnu'l-musabbiḥūn · 159, 180 — subḥāna | The verb that saves, the work of the angels |
| ذ-ك-ر | 3 — fa't-tāliyāti dhikrā | 13 — lā yadhkurūn · 155 — a-fa-lā tadhakkarūn · 168 — dhikran mina'l-awwalīn | The reminder brought / the reminder not taken |
| ج-ح-م | 23, 55, 64, 68, 97, 163 | — | Six times — the most repeated name of a place in the sūra |
| ح-ض-ر | 57, 127, 158 | — | Three occurrences |
In the verse-endings of the sūra there are three separate sound regions, and their boundaries are sharp. This is a countable datum:
| Verses | Verse-ending sound | Example |
|---|---|---|
| 1-3 | Nunated -ā | ṣaffā, zajrā, dhikrā |
| 4-11 | Long ā/ī + b / d / q | wāḥid, al-mashāriq, al-kawākib, mārid, jānib, wāṣib, thāqib, lāzib |
| 12-182 | Long ī/ū/ā + n or m | yaskharūn, mubīn, al-jaḥīm, maknūn, al-ṣābirīn, al-ʿālamīn |
The first eleven verses of the sūra are thus recited in two different sounds within themselves; and the hundred and seventy-one verses from the twelfth to the end sit in a single family of sound: a long vowel, then a nasal (nūn or mīm).
A similar observation was recorded in the section on Sūrat al-Qalam (all fifty-two of its fifty-two verses end in nūn or mīm). In al-Ṣāffāt the same order runs over a far longer distance — a stretch of a hundred and seventy-one verses — and it is never broken.
I record this as a fact; I set up no reckoning or claim about numbers — as was written in the section on al-Baqara, no reckoning of letters and numbers is entered into in this commentary. What is recorded is this: after the eleventh verse the sūra passes into a single breath, and that breath does not change to the end.
On the sūra's being Meccan there is something close to unanimity. I do not transmit any report of a particular occasion of revelation; the sūra as a whole sits inside the dispute over God's oneness at Mecca and answers two claims:
1. The claim that the source of the Qurʾān comes from the jinn — verses 6-10 correspond to this claim and were treated in detail in al-Jinn. 2. The claim that the angels are God's daughters — verses 149-166 take up this claim; the same claim was treated at al-Najm 53/21-22 and 53/27-28.
This section shows the clearest and most easily verifiable structure of the sūra. All the tables below are counts of the text; they are not interpretation.
From the seventy-fifth verse to the hundred and forty-eighth there are six sections. Each section names a prophet and each closes with a seal. But the seal is not stamped in the same way on everyone — and the pieces that are missing are as striking as those that are there.
| Prophet | Verses | wa taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn | salāmun ʿalā … | najzi'l-muḥsinīn | min ʿibādinā'l-muʾminīn |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Noah | 75-82 | 78 ✔ | 79 — salāmun ʿalā Nūḥin fi'l-ʿālamīn | 80 — innā kadhālika ✔ | 81 — innahu ✔ |
| Abraham | 83-113 | 108 ✔ | 109 — salāmun ʿalā Ibrāhīm | 110 — kadhālika (with no innā before it) | 111 — innahu ✔ |
| Moses – Aaron | 114-122 | 119 — ʿalayhimā (dual) | 120 — salāmun ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn | 121 — innā kadhālika ✔ | 122 — innahumā (dual) |
| Elijah | 123-132 | 129 ✔ | 130 — salāmun ʿalā Il Yāsīn | 131 — innā kadhālika ✔ | 132 — innahu ✔ |
| Lot | 133-138 | none | none | none | none |
| Jonah | 139-148 | none | none | none | none |
| Place | Expression | About whom |
|---|---|---|
| 105 | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Abraham — at the moment he fulfils the dream, before the account ends |
The najzi'l-muḥsinīn mould thus occurs twice in the Abraham section (105 and 110). With no other prophet is there this repetition. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
| Prophet | Opening sentence | Mould |
|---|---|---|
| Noah | 75 — wa laqad nādānā Nūḥun | A verbal sentence: he called |
| Abraham | 83 — wa inna min shīʿatihi la-Ibrāhīm | A nominal sentence: of Noah's following |
| Moses – Aaron | 114 — wa laqad manannā ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn | A verbal sentence: We bestowed |
| Elijah | 123 — wa inna Ilyāsa la-mina'l-mursalīn | A nominal sentence: of the messengers |
| Lot | 133 — wa inna Lūṭan la-mina'l-mursalīn | A nominal sentence: of the messengers |
| Jonah | 139 — wa inna Yūnusa la-mina'l-mursalīn | A nominal sentence: of the messengers |
The last three are in exactly the same mould: wa inna + [name] + la-mina'l-mursalīn. The first three are presented in three different forms.
The fact must first be set apart: in the Lot and Jonah sections all four of the four moulds are absent. This is certain. But why they are absent is not said in the text, and in the classical commentaries there is no single explanation on this.
I give in a table the explanations that are transmitted and can be supported from the text. I do not impose a preference.
| Explanation | Ground | Its weak side |
|---|---|---|
| The mould belongs not to those whose people are saved but to those whose people are destroyed while they themselves are praised | Noah, Abraham, Moses, Elijah — in all four the people are either drowned or destroyed or set in opposition. Jonah's people, however, believe (148) | The people of Lot are destroyed too (136); yet there is no mould |
| The Lot and Jonah sections are short; the mould belongs to the long sections of the sequence | Lot 6 verses, Jonah 10 verses; the sections with the mould are 8-31 verses | The Jonah section is longer than Lot's, which lacks the mould; number is not the measure |
| Both sections receive their own separate closing | Lot: wa innakum la-tamurrūna ʿalayhim muṣbiḥīn (137) — a closing that turns to the one addressed. Jonah: fa-āmanū fa-mattaʿnāhum ilā ḥīn (148) — a closing that ends with the people's deliverance | This describes the fact but does not give its cause |
| In the Jonah section there is an element of blame | 142 — wa huwa mulīm ("in a state deserving blame"); at al-Qalam 68/48 the same person is named as a negative example (wa lā takun ka-ṣāḥibi'l-ḥūt) | The section still opens wa inna Yūnusa la-mina'l-mursalīn; the praise has not been withdrawn |
As my own reading I record this, and it is not binding: the shared work of the four moulds is to announce a lastingness — taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn (We left upon him [a remembrance] among those who came after) and then a peace. In the Lot section the lastingness is provided by something else: the ruin itself. "You pass by them in the morning and at night" (137-138). It is not said "We left"; what was left is shown. In the Jonah section the lastingness is in the hundred thousand who were saved. This is an explanation, not a ruling.
| Noah | Abraham | Moses-Aaron | Elijah | Lot | Jonah | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Who is saved | his progeny (77) | himself (98) | themselves and their people (115) | the mukhlaṣīn (128) | himself and his household (134) | himself (145) |
| The other side | aghraqna'l-ākharīn (82) | fa-jaʿalnāhumu'l-asfalīn (98) | fa-kānū humu'l-ghālibīn (116) | la-muḥḍarūn (127) | dammarna'l-ākharīn (136) | fa-āmanū (148) |
| The subject of the verb | God | God | God | (passive) | God | The people |
The last column is the one exception in the sequence: in five sections the subject of the verb that determines the end is God; in the Jonah section the subject of the last verb is the people themselves — fa-āmanū ("they believed"). This is a difference that can be read off the text.
Every peace in the sequence had been given to a single person: ʿalā Nūḥin, ʿalā Ibrāhīm, ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn, ʿalā Il Yāsīn. In the hundred and eighty-first verse the peace is given not to one person but to all the messengers at once:
And this verse takes in the two prophets who received no peace (Lot and Jonah) as well — because both had been presented as mina'l-mursalīn (133, 139). The sūra, that is, gives collectively at the end the peace it left out in the sequence.
I record this as my own reading, and its ground is two textual data: (a) the word mursalīn in the introductory mould of Lot and Jonah, and (b) that the word mursalīn in verse 181 is the very same word. Whether this link is made is not said openly in the verse.
وَٱلصَّٰٓفَّٰتِ صَفًّا · فَٱلزَّٰجِرَٰتِ زَجْرًا · فَٱلتَّٰلِيَٰتِ ذِكْرًا · إِنَّ إِلَٰهَكُمْ لَوَٰحِدٌ · رَّبُّ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا وَرَبُّ ٱلْمَشَٰرِقِ
Wa'ṣ-ṣāffāti ṣaffā · Fa'z-zājirāti zajrā · Fa't-tāliyāti dhikrā · Inna ilāhakum la-wāḥid · Rabbu's-samāwāti wa'l-arḍi wa mā baynahumā wa rabbu'l-mashāriq
"By those drawn up in ranks · and those who drive on, driving · and those who recite a reminder: your God is one. The Lord of the heavens and the earth and what is between them, and the Lord of the risings."
The matter of the oath (qasam) was set out in this commentary in the section on al-ʿAṣr, widened into a long series in the section on al-Shams, and applied to this mould in particular in the sections on al-Mursalāt and al-Dhāriyāt. I do not repeat the findings there.
Its summary is this: in the Qurʾān an oath is not made to prove truthfulness — the one addressed is already disputing the truthfulness of the one who swears — but to draw attention to something. What is sworn by is at the same time a proof.
All three of the three oaths have the same structure: a definite active participle (feminine plural) + an accusative verbal noun from its own root.
| 1 | 2 | 3 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Active participle | ٱلصَّٰٓفَّٰت | ٱلزَّٰجِرَٰت | ٱلتَّٰلِيَٰت |
| Accusative | صَفًّا (the same root) | زَجْرًا (the same root) | ذِكْرًا (a different root) |
| Conjunction | وَ | فَ | فَ |
One — the cognate accusative. In the first two oaths the verb is reinforced with a verbal noun from its own root (ṣaffan, zajran). In Arabic this is called the cognate accusative, and it strengthens the verb: "drawing up in ranks upon ranks", "driving on and on". In the third this breaks: beside the word tāliyāt (those who recite) comes not tilāwatan, from its own root, but dhikran, from another root. In the third oath, then, there is not reinforcement but an object: what is recited is stated.
The same break was recorded in the section on al-Nāziʿāt, and there the series was in the form "two different at the outside, three the same within". Here the break is at the end: two the same, one different. This shows that the series is tied in its last verse to a subject — and the subject it is tied to is dhikr, that is, the carrier of the ruling to be stated in the fourth verse of the sūra.
Two — the conjunctions. One wāw, two fāʾ. فَ in Arabic announces succession and the absence of interval (fāʾ al-taʿqīb). As was recorded in the sections on al-ʿĀdiyāt and al-Dhāriyāt, the order wāw + fāʾ makes the verses a single oath: the three attributes are not three separate oaths but three steps of a single movement following one upon another.
The root was analysed in al-Ṣaff. The definition there: to set several things side by side on a straight line, in the same alignment. Its derivatives were given there too (maṣfūf — set in rows; al-Ghāshiya 88/15).
What is to be added here is this: the word comes here as a feminine plural active participle — ṣāffāt. Not "those that have been set in ranks", then, but "those who form ranks / who stand in ranks". The verb is active.
And the root will return at the end of the sūra: in the hundred and sixty-fifth verse, wa innā la-naḥnu'ṣ-ṣāffūn — "we, we indeed are those who stand in ranks". The party speaking there appears to be the very party left unnamed in the first verse. I will treat this link separately in a later section.
The root was analysed in al-Nāziʿāt (79/13 — zajratun wāḥida) and in al-Qamar (54/4 — muzdajar; 54/9 — uzdujira). I do not repeat it.
The definition there: to drive with the voice, to drive off by shouting, to direct by rebuke. The concrete use comes from the keeping of animals — the herdsman does not touch the beast, he shouts; the beast rises and moves. In the section on al-Nāziʿāt this verse (37/2) was already cited.
What is to be added here: at the centre of the word there is sound, and there is that sound's moving something from its place. Zajr does two pieces of work: it drives on and it drives away. Which of the two comes forward changes according to who is sworn by — this will be seen in the table below.
And the root occurs once more within the sūra: in the nineteenth verse, fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥida — "it is but a single cry". The sūra, that is, names the resurrection by the very act it swore by in its first verses. This is a countable datum.
The root was treated in al-Baqara and in al-Jumuʿa (yatlū ʿalayhim āyātihi). The basic note there holds here too and deserves repeating, because the whole of the verse rests on it:
The original sense of the root is not "to recite" but "to follow after". Talā — he came after, he followed. Tālī — the next, the one who comes behind. Wa'l-qamari idhā talāhā (al-Shams 91/2) — "by the moon when it follows it". There is no reciting there; there is following.
The sense of reciting arises from this picture: one who recites a text sets the letters one after another. Tilāwa, that is, is to set words in order and say them in succession.
| Verb | Its concrete picture | Shared point |
|---|---|---|
| صَفّ | To set side by side | Order |
| زَجْر | To drive with the voice | Movement |
| تِلَاوَة | To follow after | Sequence |
The common denominator of the three is "being set in line": one in place (side by side), one in movement (front to back), one in speech (word by word). And the last word of the series (dhikran) says what it is that is set in line: a reminder.
The text gives no name. Through three verses only attributes are set out. This is a recurring situation in the Qurʾān's series of oaths, and it has met us in three other sūras in this commentary.
| Sūra | Series of oaths | How many oaths | Where treated |
|---|---|---|---|
| Al-Dhāriyāt 51/1-4 | al-dhāriyāt, al-ḥāmilāt, al-jāriyāt, al-muqassimāt | 4 | al-Dhāriyāt |
| Al-Mursalāt 77/1-5 | al-mursalāt, al-ʿāṣifāt, al-nāshirāt, al-fāriqāt, al-mulqiyāt | 5 | al-Mursalāt |
| Al-Nāziʿāt 79/1-5 | al-nāziʿāt, al-nāshiṭāt, al-sābiḥāt, al-sābiqāt, al-mudabbirāt | 5 | al-Nāziʿāt |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/1-3 | al-ṣāffāt, al-zājirāt, al-tāliyāt | 3 | here |
What the four series have in common: all are definite feminine plural active participles; in none of them is the name of what is sworn by given; and in all four the same disagreement has arisen.
| Al-Dhāriyāt | Al-Mursalāt | Al-Nāziʿāt | Al-Ṣāffāt | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number | 4 | 5 | 5 | 3 (the shortest) |
| Locked by the Qurʾān's own usage | dhāriyāt → wind (al-Kahf 18/45) | — | — | none |
| Cognate accusative | none | none | in 3 of them | in 2 of them |
| Return of the root within the sūra | — | — | zajra (79/13) | ṣāffūn (165), zajra (19) |
The last row is peculiar to al-Ṣāffāt and bears directly on the dispute over preference: the root of the attribute sworn by is used at the end of the sūra by a speaking party of itself.
| The angels | The ranks of those at prayer | Birds | Mixed / more than one | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ٱلصَّٰٓفَّٰت (those who form ranks) | Where it is strongest. Verse 165 of the sūra: wa innā la-naḥnu'ṣ-ṣāffūn — that the speakers are angels is the widespread view; also 164: wa mā minnā illā lahu maqāmun maʿlūm | Forming ranks in prayer; the Qurʾān uses the word ṣaff in this sense too (al-Ṣaff 61/4 — ṣaffan ka-annahum bunyānun marṣūṣ) | Birds ranged in the sky with wings spread; the Qurʾān uses the word ṣāffāt of birds: wa'ṭ-ṭayru ṣāffāt (al-Nūr 24/41), ṣāffātin wa yaqbiḍn (al-Mulk 67/19) | Each attribute to a different being |
| ٱلزَّٰجِرَٰت (those who drive) | The angels' driving the clouds or driving off the satans; verses 6-10 of the sūra are exactly a scene of driving off | The one who prays holding himself back from evil (indirect) | The sound of birds (weak) | The winds / drivers of clouds |
| ٱلتَّٰلِيَٰت ذِكْرًا (those who recite a reminder) | Where it is strongest. The angels bring down the revelation and recite it; the same field as al-mudabbirāti amrā (al-Nāziʿāt 79/5) | Where it is strongest. The Qurʾān is recited in prayer; dhikr is one of the Qurʾān's own names | Where it is weakest. Birds "reciting a reminder" can only be set up as a figure | Prophets / reciters |
| Its weak side | For the first two attributes there is no direct indication in the Qurʾān; the word ṣāffāt is used in the Qurʾān plainly of birds | The second verse (zājirāt) is strained; and the Qurʾān does not use this word for the ranks of prayer | The third verse is left unexplained | It conflicts with the single-oath structure set up by the order wāw + two fāʾ |
One. There is no name in the text. The principle recorded in the sections on al-Mursalāt and al-Nāziʿāt holds here too: when the text swears by something it does not name, this is not a vagueness but a gain. An oath not locked to a single object can show more than one scene at once.
Two. In al-Ṣāffāt the language does not narrow as it does in al-Dhāriyāt. In the section on al-Dhāriyāt the first two verses were locked to the wind by the Qurʾān's own usage (al-Kahf 18/45; al-Aʿrāf 7/57), and for that reason it was recorded there that "the head of the series is locked". Here the situation is the reverse: the Qurʾān uses the word ṣāffāt plainly of birds (al-Nūr 24/41; al-Mulk 67/19) — the intra-Qurʾānic indication, that is, supports not the angel reading but the bird reading. But the third verse cannot be set up with birds. The indication pulls one way at the head of the series and another way at its end.
Three. The indication within the sūra is strong but not decisive. In the hundred and sixty-fourth and hundred and sixty-fifth verses a company says "each of us has a known station" and "we are those who stand in ranks". That the speakers are angels is the widespread view. This is the one datum within the sūra sharing a root with the first verse. But there is no explicit connecting sentence between the two places; it is the reader who makes the link.
If I must state my own inclination — and I record it not as a preference but as an inclination: the common denominator of the three attributes (order, movement, sequence) describes not so much a particular kind of being as an operation: a thing's being set in line, driven on, and delivered in sequence. In the section on al-Mursalāt this link was recorded as "the logic of being sent", in al-Dhāriyāt as "carrying and distributing". In al-Ṣāffāt its counterpart is this: an orderly chain of carriage. And the answer to the oath requires it as well: your God is one. The claim of oneness is supported in the language not of scattering but of order.
The word order must be recorded. The sentence carries two reinforcements: إِنَّ at the head and لَـ on the predicate (lām al-ibtidāʾ). In Arabic, when these two come together the sentence rises to the highest degree of emphasis. The expression is therefore not "your God is one" but "your God is certainly, beyond any doubt, one".
And there is a further point: the sentence does not say inna'llāha wāḥid ("God is one"). It says إِلَٰهَكُمْ — "your God". The addressee's own admission is taken and a ruling built upon it: whatever it is you serve, it is one. This is exactly the technique recorded in the section on al-Najm (53/21-22): to catch the other side not by a measure from outside but by proceeding from his own admission.
Wāḥid — root و-ح-د. Its difference from aḥad was treated in detail in al-Ikhlāṣ; I do not repeat it. The summary there was this: aḥad brings forward indivisibility in number, wāḥid the absence of anything of its kind. That wāḥid has been chosen here answers directly the other side's claim of "more than one god": a matter of number.
The verse names three domains of lordship: the heavens, the earth, what is between them. Then it adds a fourth construct: wa rabbu'l-mashāriq — "the Lord of the risings".
- rabbu'l-mashriqayni wa rabbu'l-maghribayn — "the Lord of the two risings and the Lord of the two settings" (al-Raḥmān 55/17). Treated in al-Raḥmān.
- bi-rabbi'l-mashāriqi wa'l-maghārib — "by the Lord of the risings and the settings" (al-Maʿārij 70/40). Treated in al-Maʿārij.
- al-mashriqi wa'l-maghribi — the singular pair (al-Baqara 2/115, 142; al-Muzzammil 73/9).
The Qurʾān thus sets up this construct in four different forms: the singular pair, the dual pair, the plural pair, and here — the plural rising alone.
| Place | Form | Its counterpart |
|---|---|---|
| Al-Baqara 2/115 | al-mashriq + al-maghrib | Singular, paired |
| Al-Raḥmān 55/17 | al-mashriqayn + al-maghribayn | Dual, paired |
| Al-Maʿārij 70/40 | al-mashāriq + al-maghārib | Plural, paired |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/5 | al-mashāriq | Plural, alone |
| Explanation | Ground |
|---|---|
| For the sake of the verse-ending | The verse ends in the sound -iq and fits the sound region of verses 4-11; if maghārib were added the sound would break |
| The rising implies the setting | In Arabic, when one end of a contrasting pair is named the other is understood (iktifāʾ). The Qurʾān does this elsewhere too |
| The rising has been brought forward | The subject of the sūra is coming forth and resurrection; it is the rising, not the setting, that is emphasised |
| The multiplicity of the risings | The sun rises from different points through the year; the plural answers to this |
The first of these explanations (the verse-ending) rests on a verifiable fact; the others are plausible but cannot be proved. I do not impose a preference.
And a note of limitation — per the method (Method): no astronomical information is derived from this verse. That the word mashāriq is plural is not a statement of astronomy; describing the changing points of rising over the year in a given place is an everyday use of language in Arabic and rests on the observation of those addressed.
The five verses are built in a single movement: three oaths (order, movement, sequence) → one ruling (oneness) → the extent of the ruling (the heavens, the earth, what is between, the risings).
I record this as my own reading: the answer to the oath rests on number (wāḥid), and the oath itself rests on sequence and order. The sūra, that is, sets down oneness not as an abstract proposition but as the outcome of an operation. A thing set in line has a single ordering.
The shared picture of the three oaths — to be set in line, to be driven on, to be delivered in sequence — describes a discipline of operation. The end of the sūra ties this to the human being as well: "Each of us has a known station" (164).
I record it thus: what is praised at the opening of the sūra is neither power nor greatness; it is knowing one's place and waiting one's turn. This is something measurable in everyday life — a task runs when it is clear who stands where, and jams when it is not.
إِنَّا زَيَّنَّا ٱلسَّمَآءَ ٱلدُّنْيَا بِزِينَةٍ ٱلْكَوَاكِبِ · وَحِفْظًا مِّن كُلِّ شَيْطَٰنٍ مَّارِدٍ · لَّا يَسَّمَّعُونَ إِلَى ٱلْمَلَإِ ٱلْأَعْلَىٰ وَيُقْذَفُونَ مِن كُلِّ جَانِبٍ · دُحُورًا ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ وَاصِبٌ · إِلَّا مَنْ خَطِفَ ٱلْخَطْفَةَ فَأَتْبَعَهُۥ شِهَابٌ ثَاقِبٌ
Innā zayyanna's-samāʾa'd-dunyā bi-zīnatini'l-kawākib · Wa ḥifẓan min kulli shayṭānin mārid · Lā yassammaʿūna ila'l-malaʾi'l-aʿlā wa yuqdhafūna min kulli jānib · Duḥūrā, wa lahum ʿadhābun wāṣib · Illā man khaṭifa'l-khaṭfata fa-atbaʿahu shihābun thāqib
"We have adorned the nearest sky with an adornment, the stars; and guarded it against every rebellious satan. They cannot give ear to the highest assembly; they are pelted from every side, driven off, and theirs is a lasting punishment. Except one who snatches a fragment — a piercing flame pursues him."
This subject was treated in detail in the section on al-Jinn 72/8-9, and these verses (37/6-10) were already cited there. I do not repeat the findings; here I write only what is peculiar to al-Ṣāffāt.
But the note of limitation set out there must be repeated here in bold as well, because these verses are among the most strained passages of the modern period:
The verse describes no heavenly body. It recounts no physical event. It gives no astronomical information.
That road is not taken in this commentary. No matching will be made with notions such as meteorites, meteors or cosmic radiation. As was written in the section on al-Jinn: this group of verses is part not of a lesson in cosmology but of a dispute about a source. One of the accusations levelled at the Prophet in Mecca was that what he said came from a jinn; these passages are the answer to that accusation.
Sūrat al-Jinn recounted the same scene from the mouths of the jinn — "we sought the sky and found it filled". Al-Ṣāffāt recounts the same scene from outside and puts it in an order:
| Step | Verse | What happens |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 6 | The sky was adorned |
| 2 | 7 | The sky was guarded |
| 3 | 8 | Listening is blocked; they are pelted |
| 4 | 9 | They are driven off, the punishment continues |
| 5 | 10 | The exception: if one snatches, a flame follows |
And the first two steps in the order are worth noting: the adornment first, the guarding after. Two different pieces of work are laid upon the same thing.
Root ز-ي-ن: to adorn, to make appear beautiful. The root was treated at al-Mulk 67/5 (wa laqad zayyanna's-samāʾa'd-dunyā bi-maṣābīḥ) and at Qāf 50/6. I do not repeat it.
al-samāʾa'd-dunyā — "the nearest sky". The root د-ن-و and the sense of the word dunyā as "what is near" were analysed in detail at al-Mulk 67/5. I rely on that treatment. The note there holds here too: the word is not the name of something bad but the name of what is near.
كَوَاكِب — the plural of kawkab: a star, a heavenly body. In al-Mulk, in the same place, maṣābīḥ (lamps) was said; here, kawākib. The same sky is named with two different words — one looking to the function (what gives light), one to the body.
A variant reading: the readings bi-zīnatini'l-kawākib (with nunation, then an appositive) and bi-zīnati'l-kawākib (in a genitive construct) are transmitted. The difference of sense is not marked: in the first, "with an adornment — that is, the stars"; in the second, "with the adornment of the stars". I give no reciter's name.
Root ح-ف-ظ: to guard, to preserve. The root was treated in Qāf (kitābun ḥafīẓ, awwābin ḥafīẓ).
A point of word order: ḥifẓan is in the accusative, and the grammarians count it either as an object of cause (mafʿūl li-ajlih) or as a cognate accusative attached to an elided verb: "…and We guarded, with a guarding".
But the real point is that the word has been set beside zīna. Two accusatives are attached to the same sentence: an adornment and a guarding.
I record this as my own reading: the same thing is seen as two different things from two sides. To one who looks from below, an adornment; to one who tries to climb, an obstacle. The text sets up this distinction itself — by attaching two accusatives to a single sentence.
مَارِد — root م-ر-د. The lexicographers give its concrete sense thus: a thing's having no down, leaf or bark left upon it; becoming bare. Amrad — a youth whose beard has not come; shajaratun mardāʾ — a tree without leaves; ṣarḥun mumarrad — a smooth, plastered tower (in the Qurʾān: al-Naml 27/44 — ṣarḥun mumarradun min qawārīr).
From this a second sense arises: one on whom no trace of good is left, stripped bare in rebellion. Marada — he overstepped the bound, he went far in disobedience.
The Qurʾān uses the same root of the hypocrites as well: wa min ahli'l-madīnati maradū ʿala'n-nifāq (al-Tawba 9/101) — "they have gone far in hypocrisy".
A mārid, then, does not mean "bad"; it means "one on whom there is no longer any hold". This is the picture of the word.
Root س-م-ع. The verb here is the assimilated form of the تَسَمَّعَ (Form V) pattern: yatasammaʿūn → yassammaʿūn. Form V announces "to listen with one's own effort, straining the ear" — not ordinary hearing, that is, but listening in which effort is spent.
| Reading | Pattern | Sense |
|---|---|---|
| lā yassammaʿūna | Form V (تَفَعُّل) | They cannot strain to listen — they cannot even make the attempt |
| lā yasmaʿūna | Form I | They cannot hear — focused on the outcome |
There is a difference of sense, and it is worth noting: the first negates the attempt itself, the second the outcome. Both are transmitted; I give no reciter's name and impose no preference.
ila'l-malaʾi'l-aʿlā — "to the highest assembly". The root مَلَأ is م-ل-أ (to fill): the company of leading men who fill an assembly. The Qurʾān uses the word of Pharaoh's circle too (malaʾi firʿawn). This construct occurs in only a few places in the Qurʾān, and what it means is not plainly described. The widespread explanation is that it is the assembly of angels above. I issue no firm ruling; the verse does not describe it.
And note the preposition: ilā. Not "they do not listen to it" but "they cannot give ear toward it". Ilā announces a direction. What is blocked, then, is not hearing but turning toward.
قَذَفَ — root ق-ذ-ف: to hurl something from a distance, to throw. The Qurʾān uses the same root of Moses' being placed in a chest and cast into the water (Ṭāhā 20/39), and of casting a slander as well (qadhf in Sūrat al-Nūr).
min kulli jānib — "from every side". Not one door, that is, has been closed; the whole perimeter has been closed.
دُحُورًا — root د-ح-ر: to push away, to drive off. In the Qurʾān it occurs in the form madḥūr (driven off) (al-Aʿrāf 7/18; al-Isrāʾ 17/18).
Word order: duḥūran is in the accusative and the grammarians count it either as an object of cause ("they are pelted so as to be driven off") or as the cognate accusative of an elided verb. Both are transmitted; it does not markedly change the sense.
- Continuance: waṣaba — it continued, it did not break off. In the Qurʾān: wa lahu'd-dīnu wāṣibā (al-Naḥl 16/52) — "and religion is His lastingly".
- Weariness / exhaustion: waṣab — sickness, an ache that wears one out.
Most of the lexicographers bring the first sense forward here; the second is also transmitted. If the two senses are joined: unbroken and wearying.
The word occurs in only two places in the Qurʾān (here and al-Naḥl 16/52), and in both occurrences the same attribute is given to two opposite things: the one the lastingness of religion, the other the lastingness of the punishment. This is a textual datum.
The word shihāb was analysed at al-Jinn 72/8 — root ش-ه-ب: the brightness of fire, a grizzled colour; shihāb = a blazing piece of fire, an ember. The most important note there must be repeated: the word is not the name of a heavenly body; it means "flame".
ثَاقِب — root ث-ق-ب: to pierce. Thiqāb — a hole; mithqab — a drill. From the same root the Qurʾān has al-najmu'th-thāqib (al-Ṭāriq 86/3), treated in al-Ṭāriq.
| Sense | Its picture |
|---|---|
| Piercing | Piercing through the darkness; penetrating |
| Burning / blazing | Thaqaba'n-nār — the fire blazed, it flared |
| Side | Attribute | Root | Its sense |
|---|---|---|---|
| The satan | mārid | م-ر-د | One on whom there is no hold left |
| The flame | thāqib | ث-ق-ب | Piercing through |
I record this as my own reading: the one is slippery, the other piercing. The two attributes are set against one another in the same scene. This is an observation about word choice; I do not claim that the text sets up a deliberate contrast.
خَطِفَ — root خ-ط-ف: to snatch a thing away suddenly. In the Qurʾān: yakādu'l-barqu yakhṭafu abṣārahum (al-Baqara 2/20) — "the lightning almost snatches away their sight".
The object is definite: al-khaṭfa — "that snatching". The definiteness here indicates the kind: a known, described act of snatching.
And a point of word order must be recorded: the sentence comes with illā — the absolute obstacle in the eighth verse, that is, is not fully absolute. A gap is left, but immediately behind the gap comes the pursuit: fa-atbaʿahu — with fāʾ, without interval.
The scene, then, is this: the snatching is possible, the escape is not. This says the same thing as the expression shihāban raṣadā ("a watching flame") in Sūrat al-Jinn — there waiting, here pursuing.
| 72/9 | 37/10 | |
|---|---|---|
| The attribute of the flame | raṣad — watching, lying in wait | thāqib — piercing through |
| Its time | Before the snatching | After the snatching |
| Its work | To wait | To catch up |
What is the work of these five verses in the sūra? In the fourth verse it had been said "your God is one". The sixth verse gives its first proof: the sky is built by a single ordering and guarded by a single management.
And there is a further link: the second of the attributes sworn by in the first three verses was al-zājirāt (those who drive). Verses six to ten are a scene of driving: they are pelted, driven off, pursued. The second word of the oath turns into a scene five verses later. This is a textual observation; it is not a ruling about who is sworn by.
The "measure of knowledge" recorded in the section on al-Jinn holds here too and I do not repeat it. I add only one thing here:
The two words the sixth and seventh verses set side by side — zīna and ḥifẓ — describe a bearing: the same thing is beauty to one and a limit to another. The limit itself is not ugly. That an order looks like an adornment from outside and like a wall when one presses against it from within is something with a counterpart in everyday life too.
فَٱسْتَفْتِهِمْ أَهُمْ أَشَدُّ خَلْقًا أَم مَّنْ خَلَقْنَآ ۚ إِنَّا خَلَقْنَٰهُم مِّن طِينٍ لَّازِبٍ · بَلْ عَجِبْتَ وَيَسْخَرُونَ
Fa'staftihim a-hum ashaddu khalqan am man khalaqnā. Innā khalaqnāhum min ṭīnin lāzib · Bal ʿajibta wa yaskharūn
"Now ask them for their opinion: are they the stronger in creation, or those We have created? We created them from a sticky clay. · Rather, you have marvelled, while they mock."
Root ف-ت-ي. And the semantic field of the root is worth noting: fatā — a young man, a youth; fatwā — an opinion given on a question; iftāʾ — to give an opinion; istiftāʾ — to ask someone for his opinion.
The link the lexicographers make is this: a fatwā is the answer that renews, makes young again a question that has remained closed — the word, that is, that unties the knot and gives the matter fresh life. I transmit this link as the lexicographers record it.
The choice of the verb carries a point here. The verse does not say fa's-alhum ("ask them"); it says fa'staftihim — "ask them for their opinion".
The difference is this, and I record it as my own reading: suʾāl asks for information, istiftāʾ asks for a judgement. What is asked of the addressee, that is, is not that he state something he does not know, but that he reach a decision with what he does know. The question is not an examination; it is a demand for a comparison.
| Verse | Question | Subject |
|---|---|---|
| 11 | a-hum ashaddu khalqan am man khalaqnā | Creation — who is the stronger |
| 149 | a-li-rabbika'l-banātu wa lahumu'l-banūn | Attribution — daughters to whom, sons to whom |
Both are a "which of the two" question, and both catch the addressee by his own measure. This is a countable structural datum.
This proof was treated with the same structure at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/57 (la-khalqu's-samāwāti wa'l-arḍi akbaru min khalqi'n-nās), and it was tied there to al-Aḥqāf 46/33 as well. I rely on that treatment and do not repeat it.
| Ghāfir 40/57 | Al-Aḥqāf 46/33 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/11 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Kind of sentence | Statement | Question (a-wa lam yaraw) | Question — but put to the addressee |
| What is compared | Heavens-earth / human beings | The creation of heavens-earth / raising the dead | They / man khalaqnā |
| The word of measure | akbar (greater) | bi-qādir (able) | ashadd (firmer/stronger) |
| Who gives the ruling | The text | The text | The addressee |
The last row is the most important. In Ghāfir the ruling is given; here the ruling is not even asked for — an opinion is requested. The addressee will give his own answer.
Ashadd — root ش-د-د: to bind, to tighten, to make firm. The root was mentioned in the section on the seventh verse (in connection with the discussion of al-Jinn). The sense here is not "great" but "firm" — the comparison, that is, is built on structure, not on bulk.
Man khalaqnā — "the one whom We created". And note: not mā but man. In Arabic man is used of rational beings. This is a point the grammarians record, and it gives rise to this explanation: what is meant may be not only the heavens and the earth but all rational creatures, the angels included.
| Who man khalaqnā is | Ground |
|---|---|
| The angels and the beings in the sky | Man indicates the rational; the preceding verses speak of the highest assembly |
| The heavens, the earth and what is between | Those enumerated in the fifth verse; the parallel of Ghāfir 40/57 |
| The peoples of the past | A later block of the sūra will name the earlier nations (71-73) |
I do not impose a preference. The text does not specify, and all three readings accord with the context.
These two words are analysed here for the first time in this commentary; they were not treated in any other section.
طِين — root ط-ي-ن. The mixture of water and earth: clay. The Qurʾān recounts the creation of the human being with different words, and these form a series:
| Word | Its sense | Where |
|---|---|---|
| تُرَاب | Dry earth | Al-Ḥajj 22/5; Ghāfir 40/67 |
| طِين | Clay (earth mixed with water) | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/11; al-Anʿām 6/2; al-Sajda 32/7 |
| حَمَإٍ مَّسْنُون | Fetid, moulded loam | Al-Ḥijr 15/26 |
| صَلْصَٰل كَٱلْفَخَّار | Dry clay like fired pottery | Al-Raḥmān 55/14 |
| سُلَٰلَة | A strained extract | Al-Muʾminūn 23/12 |
This is an enumerated list; the claim that there is an "order of stages" among the words is widespread in the classical commentaries, but the Qurʾān declares no such order. I issue no ruling.
The sense the lexicographers give: sticking, clinging together, adhering to the hand. Lazaba — it stuck, it locked together. Lāzib is also used in the sense of "lasting, inseparable": ṣāra dhālika ḍarbatan lāzib — "this became an inseparable habit".
The lexicographers also draw attention to the closeness of the word in sound and sense to lāzim (necessary, inseparable); that the letters ب and م interchange in certain roots is a fact. I give this link as a transmission from the lexicographers; it is not a finding of my own.
And the work of the word is this — I record it as my own reading: the verse could have said "We created them from clay" and stopped. An attribute is added: sticky. Sticky clay stays on the hand, takes shape, but at the same time soils. The word carries at once both its capacity to be shaped and its capacity to cling. This accords with the context of the sentence: the side being compared is named not with the sky but with a substance that stays on the hand.
1. A-hum ashaddu khalqan am man khalaqnā — a question. 2. Innā khalaqnāhum min ṭīnin lāzib — a statement.
The second sentence is not the answer to the question but its ground. That is: "Are they the firmer? — We created them from sticky clay." The answer is not stated; what is given is the knowledge that will supply the answer.
This is consistent with the verb istiftāʾ in the first sentence: an opinion is asked for, a ruling is not imposed. The verse leaves a gap that forces the addressee to think.
بَلْ — in Arabic the particle of retraction (iḍrāb): leaving the preceding statement and passing to something else. A similar use was treated in the section on Qāf (50/2 — bal ʿajibū).
عَجِبَ — root ع-ج-ب: to be astonished, to find strange. The root was analysed at Qāf 50/2 (bal ʿajibū an jāʾahum mundhirun minhum fa-qāla'l-kāfirūna hādhā shayʾun ʿajīb). I rely on that treatment.
| Reading | Agent | Sense |
|---|---|---|
| عَجِبْتَ (ʿajibta) | You — the Prophet | "You have marvelled (at their denial), while they mock" |
| عَجِبْتُ (ʿajibtu) | I — God | "I have marvelled, while they mock" |
A long discussion has been held over the second reading, because "to marvel" seems a state requiring ignorance. The answers given in the classical period fall under two headings, and I give them in a table:
| Approach | What it says |
|---|---|
| A solution by way of language | In Arabic, when the verb ʿajab is attributed to God it means not "to meet with something one did not know" but "to count a thing great / not to approve it". Indeed among people too "I marvel at this" most often announces reproach, not ignorance |
| Consignment (tafwīḍ) | The manner of the attribute is not entered into; how it is is consigned to God. This is the application of the early community's bearing to this question |
No preference is imposed in this commentary, and the theological dispute is not entered into. What is recorded is this: both readings are transmitted, and both set up the same contrast — on one side taking seriously, on the other mockery.
- To make submit / to press into service: sakhkhara lakumu'sh-shamsa wa'l-qamar — "He made the sun and the moon subservient to you". This branch was treated in al-Zukhruf.
- To mock: to make someone an object of amusement.
The link the lexicographers make: one who mocks presses the other into the service of his own amusement. The two branches, that is, meet in the common denominator "to make another subject to one's own purpose". I give this link as a transmission from the lexicographers.
And the mood of the verbs is worth noting: ʿajibta is perfect (past), yaskharūn imperfect (continuous). On one side a state that has come about, on the other a behaviour that goes on. The contrast is set up by tense as well.
The difference of mood will continue in the next verse: wa idhā dhukkirū lā yadhkurūn — imperfect throughout.
وَإِذَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ لَا يَذْكُرُونَ · وَإِذَا رَأَوْا۟ ءَايَةً يَسْتَسْخِرُونَ · وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ · أَءِذَا مِتْنَا وَكُنَّا تُرَابًا وَعِظَٰمًا أَءِنَّا لَمَبْعُوثُونَ · أَوَءَابَآؤُنَا ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ
Wa idhā dhukkirū lā yadhkurūn · Wa idhā raʾaw āyatan yastaskhirūn · Wa qālū in hādhā illā siḥrun mubīn · A-idhā mitnā wa kunnā turāban wa ʿiẓāman a-innā la-mabʿūthūn · A-wa ābāʾuna'l-awwalūn
"When they are reminded they do not remember. When they see a sign they seek to make a mockery of it and say, 'this is nothing but plain sorcery'. 'When we are dead and have become dust and bones, are we really to be raised? And our forefathers of old?'"
| Step | Verb | What is done |
|---|---|---|
| 13 | lā yadhkurūn | Not remembering — passive resistance |
| 14 | yastaskhirūn | Seeking mockery — active reaction |
| 15 | qālū | Naming — "this is sorcery" |
| 16 | a-innā la-mabʿūthūn | Objection — rejecting resurrection |
| 17 | a-wa ābāʾuna'l-awwalūn | Widening — enlarging the objection |
The chain widens from silence to speech, from reaction to claim, from themselves to their forefathers. This is a structure read off the order of the verses.
- ذُكِّرُوا۟ — Form II, passive: they were reminded. Work coming from outside.
- يَذْكُرُونَ — Form I, active: they remember. Work that must come from inside.
The sentence says this, then: the outer act was performed, the inner response did not form. A negation comes between the two forms of the same root.
And this ties to the third verse. In the third verse what was sworn by was al-tāliyāti dhikrā — "those who recite a reminder". In the thirteenth verse that reminder comes but is not taken. The sūra shows, that is, that what was carried arrived but was not received.
| Verse | Root ذ-ك-ر | Who |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | dhikrā — what is carried | Those sworn by |
| 13 | dhukkirū / lā yadhkurūn — what arrives but is not taken | The deniers |
| 155 | a-fa-lā tadhakkarūn — "will you still not reflect?" | The deniers |
| 168 | dhikran mina'l-awwalīn — what they asked for and rejected when it came | The deniers |
Four occurrences tell a single story, and this is countable from the text. In the hundred and sixty-eighth verse the same people will say "if only a reminder from those of old had come to us" — whereas in the thirteenth verse it had come.
In the twelfth verse it was yaskharūn (Form I); here it is yastaskhirūn (Form X). The difference of pattern carries sense.
| Function | Its counterpart here |
|---|---|
| To seek | To seek to mock — to look for a pretext for mockery |
| To count a thing as such | To count a thing an object of mockery — to find what one sees laughable |
| Intensification | To go far in mockery |
But the increase between the two verses is plain: in the twelfth verse they were mocking; in the fourteenth they mock in the face of a sign. As the proof comes, that is, the reaction hardens. This is a fact read off the order of the verses.
Āya — root أ-ي-ي: a sign, a mark, a proof. The root was analysed in al-Baqara. Its use here is in the direction of "miracle": a sign seen, a sign shown.
In … illā is one of the sharpest moulds of restriction in Arabic: "nothing but". What they say, then, is not a conjecture but a ruling.
Siḥr — root س-ح-ر. The lexicographers give the root's original picture as "to show a thing as other than it is, to turn the eye". From the same root saḥar — the hour before dawn when darkness and light are mixed. At the centre of the root, that is, there is confusion: the state in which one cannot tell what is what.
This accusation is the most widespread accusation levelled at messengers in the Qurʾān, and it was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/52 (mā ata'lladhīna min qablihim min rasūlin illā qālū sāḥirun aw majnūn). I rely on that treatment.
The point here must be recorded: mubīn — "plain". Root ب-ي-ن: to separate, to distinguish. Bayān — distinguishing speech.
There is a tension in the sentence, then, and I record it as my own reading: in the root of siḥr there is confusing, in the root of mubīn distinguishing. To say "a plain confusion" is to say a confusion that can be distinguished — that is, "a deception whose being a deception is evident". The choice of words carries the difficulty inside the claim itself. This is an observation; I do not claim that the text intends it.
This sentence occurs twice in the sūra, and between them there is one word of difference. This is a fact that can be verified from the text:
| Verse | Sentence | Last word | Who says it |
|---|---|---|---|
| 16 | a-idhā mitnā wa kunnā turāban wa ʿiẓāman | a-innā la-mabʿūthūn | The deniers (in this world) |
| 53 | a-idhā mitnā wa kunnā turāban wa ʿiẓāman | a-innā la-madīnūn | The qarīn (he had said it in this world; it is recounted in the garden) |
- مَبْعُوثُون — root ب-ع-ث: to be sent, to be raised up. Resurrection.
- مَدِينُون — root د-ي-ن: to be called to account, to be requited. The root was analysed in al-Fātiḥa (māliki yawmi'd-dīn).
The same objection, then, rejects two different things: the first the rising, the second the reckoning. And the sūra gives them from two different mouths — one the deniers as a body, one a single person.
I record this as my own reading: at the second occurrence the one who makes the objection is shown in the midst of the fire (55). The sūra shows in the fifty-third verse where the word said in the sixteenth arrives — by repeating the sentence and changing who says it.
Turāb and ʿiẓām. The ground of the objection is the dispersal of matter: dust (formlessness) and bone (dryness). And the eleventh verse had already answered this: min ṭīnin lāzib — from sticky clay. The answer to the question "how is dust to be gathered?" was given five verses earlier: when water is mixed in, it gathers. I record this link as my own reading; the verse does not set it up openly.
The sentence begins with an interrogative particle (a) and a conjunction (wa): a-wa. The grammarians count this as "an attachment to the preceding question": "…we? And our forefathers of old too?"
A point of word order and of variant reading: if ābāʾunā is read in the nominative it attaches to an elided verb yubʿathu or to the noun of innā; the accusative reading (ābāʾanā) is also transmitted, and then it is attached directly to the noun of innā. The sense does not change markedly.
And the logic of the objection must be recorded — as my own reading: by adding the forefathers the objection is enlarged, because more time has passed over them. The argument, that is, is this: "if even the newly dead cannot be gathered, the long dead can never be gathered at all." This is a proof resting on time, and the verse will answer it not with time but with a single sound: fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥida (19). The sūra's answer speaks not of the span but of the span's irrelevance.
Al-awwalūn — "those of old". The word will occur twice more in the sūra: 71 (aktharu'l-awwalīn — most of those of old had gone astray) and 168 (dhikran mina'l-awwalīn — a reminder from those of old). All three occurrences are from the mouths of the same side or about them.
قُلْ نَعَمْ وَأَنتُمْ دَٰخِرُونَ · فَإِنَّمَا هِىَ زَجْرَةٌ وَٰحِدَةٌ فَإِذَا هُمْ يَنظُرُونَ · وَقَالُوا۟ يَٰوَيْلَنَا هَٰذَا يَوْمُ ٱلدِّينِ · هَٰذَا يَوْمُ ٱلْفَصْلِ ٱلَّذِى كُنتُم بِهِۦ تُكَذِّبُونَ
Qul naʿam wa antum dākhirūn · Fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥidatun fa-idhā hum yanẓurūn · Wa qālū yā waylanā hādhā yawmu'd-dīn · Hādhā yawmu'l-faṣli'lladhī kuntum bihi tukadhdhibūn
"Say: Yes — and abased at that. It is but a single cry; and at once there they are, looking on. 'Woe to us! This is the day of reckoning,' they say. — This is the day of separation, which you used to deny."
The sixteenth and seventeenth verses had built a long objection: after we are dead and have become dust and bones? And our forefathers too? The answer is a single word: naʿam — yes.
I record this as my own reading: the objection is not met with a proof of the same length. The difference between the length of the question and the shortness of the answer shows that the answer is not a debate but an announcement. The proof had already been given in the eleventh verse.
Naʿam — the particle of affirmative answer in Arabic. It occurs in only a few places in the Qurʾān (al-Aʿrāf 7/44, 114; al-Shuʿarāʾ 26/42; here). That a rarely used word is placed at exactly this point is worth recording.
دَاخِر — root د-خ-ر: to be made small, to be brought low, to submit. Dakhara — he was abased; adkhara — he brought low.
The root had occurred at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/60 (sa-yadkhulūna jahannama dākhirīn) and there it concerned the end of those who grow proud. The same word is used in the Qurʾān in the context of prostration as well: wa li'llāhi yasjudu mā fi's-samāwāti… wa hum dākhirūn (al-Naḥl 16/48-49).
A point of word order: wa antum dākhirūn is a circumstantial clause — it announces, that is, how the verb "you will be raised" will come about.
And the contrast must be recorded: the objecting side was mocking in the twelfth and fourteenth verses — that is, holding the other in contempt. The answer turns the same act back on them: brought low. This turn between sukhriyya (mockery) and dukhūr (being brought low) is a method the sūra uses often. I record this observation as my own reading.
The root ز-ج-ر was treated in the second verse, in reliance on al-Nāziʿāt and al-Qamar.
And here is one of the plainest internal links of the sūra: in the second verse the oath was al-zājirāti zajrā. In the nineteenth verse the name of the resurrection becomes zajra.
| Verse | Form | Who / what |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | al-zājirāti zajrā | Those sworn by — those who drive |
| 19 | zajratun wāḥida | The resurrection — a single sound of driving |
This is a repetition that can be verified from the text. And its meaning is this: the act praised at the head of the sūra becomes, later in the sūra, the resurrection itself. The picture of the herdsman raising the beast with his voice turns into the raising of the dead by a sound.
At al-Nāziʿāt 79/13 the same sentence occurs almost exactly: fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥida · fa-idhā hum bi's-sāhira. Treated in al-Nāziʿāt. The two sūras use the same sentence and part only at the last word.
| Al-Nāziʿāt 79/13-14 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/19 | |
|---|---|---|
| Shared | fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥida · fa-idhā hum | fa-innamā hiya zajratun wāḥida · fa-idhā hum |
| Divergent | bi's-sāhira — on the bare plain | yanẓurūn — they look on |
The one gives the place, the other the act. The two sūras show the same moment through two different framings.
Innamā — the particle of restriction: "only". The whole matter is compressed here: one single sound.
Idhā here is the idhā of suddenness (fujāʾiyya): "and at once there you see". It announces no condition; it announces abruptness.
I record this as my own reading: the verse does not say "they rise" or "they are raised". It says "they are looking". The resurrection is recounted, that is, not by the act itself but by the first movement of the one raised: opening the eyes and looking about.
And this ties to the fourteenth verse: wa idhā raʾaw āyatan yastaskhirūn — "when they see a sign they seek to make a mockery of it". The same side, in the same verb: in this world he laughs at what he sees, there he stands staring at what he sees. Two lookings, two reactions.
وَيْل — in Arabic an exclamation announcing ruin, destruction, punishment. In al-Mursalāt the refrain waylun yawmaʾidhin li'l-mukadhdhibīn was treated in detail. I rely on that treatment.
But the difference here must be recorded: in al-Mursalāt the wayl was said to them; here they say it themselves. Yā waylanā — "woe to us".
| Al-Mursalāt | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/20 | |
|---|---|---|
| Who says it | The text | The deniers themselves |
| Form | waylun … li'l-mukadhdhibīn | yā waylanā |
The judgement comes, that is, not from outside but from within. This is a method recurring in the Qurʾān's scenes of the resurrection: to make the addressee pronounce the verdict himself.
And the point of word order is very marked here: the same day is named twice, but from two different mouths.
| Verse | Sentence | Who says it | The name given |
|---|---|---|---|
| 20 | hādhā yawmu'd-dīn | They | The day of reckoning |
| 21 | hādhā yawmu'l-faṣli'lladhī kuntum bihi tukadhdhibūn | The text / from outside | The day of separation |
And in the second sentence the address turns to the second person: kuntum — "you". In the twentieth verse they were recounted in the third person (wa qālū); in the twenty-first it is said directly to their faces. In Arabic this transition is called iltifāt (a shift in the direction of address).
The table "the same day, three names" recorded in the section on Qāf is set up here with two names. And the two names complete one another: reckoning and separation.
Yawmu'l-faṣl — root ف-ص-ل: to separate, to open a space between two things. The root was analysed in detail at al-Mursalāt 77/13-14 (li-yawmi'l-faṣl · wa mā adrāka mā yawmu'l-faṣl). I do not repeat it.
Yawmu'd-dīn — analysed in al-Fātiḥa. The branches of the root د-ي-ن — "debt / requital / submission" — were given there.
ٱحْشُرُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ وَأَزْوَٰجَهُمْ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْبُدُونَ · مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَٱهْدُوهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ · وَقِفُوهُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُم مَّسْـُٔولُونَ · مَا لَكُمْ لَا تَنَاصَرُونَ · بَلْ هُمُ ٱلْيَوْمَ مُسْتَسْلِمُونَ
Uḥshuru'lladhīna ẓalamū wa azwājahum wa mā kānū yaʿbudūn · Min dūni'llāhi fa'hdūhum ilā ṣirāṭi'l-jaḥīm · Wa qifūhum, innahum masʾūlūn · Mā lakum lā tanāṣarūn · Bal humu'l-yawma mustaslimūn
"Gather those who did wrong, and their consorts, and what they used to serve apart from God; and lead them to the road of the blaze. And halt them — they are to be questioned. — What is the matter with you, that you do not help one another? — Rather, today they have surrendered."
With the twenty-second verse the manner of telling changes: from declarative sentences it passes to imperatives.
Three commands one after another, and in none of them is the addressee named. In the classical commentaries it is widely said that the commands are directed to the angels; but the verse does not state this, and I give no name.
I record this as my own reading: that the addressee is not named makes the scene visual. We hear the command, the giver is clear, the receiver is indefinite — and this sets up the impression that the command is carried out at once. The step in between is not recounted.
Root ح-ش-ر: to drive together and gather what is scattered. The concrete use of the word comes from the context of war and exile: to raise a community from its place and drive it somewhere. The root was treated at Qāf 50/44 (dhālika ḥashrun ʿalaynā yasīr) and in al-Ḥashr.
| View | What azwāj means | Ground |
|---|---|---|
| Their spouses | Spouses who share the same belief | The most widespread sense of the word; at al-Taḥrīm 66/10 the separate reckoning of spouses is recounted |
| Their like / those of the same kind | Those who do the same, their peers | In Arabic zawj also means "each of a pair, a like"; at al-Wāqiʿa 56/7 azwājan thalātha means "three classes" |
| Their partisans / their qarīns | The satans who accompany them | The word qarīn will occur in verse 51 of the sūra |
In al-Wāqiʿa the sense of azwāj as "class" was treated. All three views are transmitted in the classical sources; I do not impose a preference. The verse does not specify.
And a note is required — per the method (Method): even if the first view is adopted, the verse does not say "spouses bear one another's sin". What those gathered have in common is, in the verse's own words, that they did wrong — alladhīna ẓalamū. The attribute is what is shared, not the kinship.
Note: not man but mā. Not "those whom they served", then, but "the things they served". In Arabic mā is used of non-rational beings.
This will tie to the ninety-fifth verse: a-taʿbudūna mā tanḥitūn — "do you serve what you carve?" The same particle, the same work.
And the sūra keeps to this choice consistently: the things they serve are named with mā, they themselves with alladhīna. This is a countable datum of the language.
هَدَىٰ — root ه-د-ي: to lead to a way, to guide. The root was analysed in al-Fātiḥa (ihdina'ṣ-ṣirāṭa'l-mustaqīm), and as was recorded there, at the centre of the word are showing a way and leading along it.
In the Qurʾān this verb is positive almost everywhere. Here it is used for leading to the road of the blaze.
| Al-Fātiḥa 1/6 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/23 |
|---|---|
| ihdinā al-ṣirāṭa'l-mustaqīm | fa'hdūhum ilā ṣirāṭi'l-jaḥīm |
| "Lead us to the straight path" | "Lead them to the road of the blaze" |
In Arabic rhetoric this is called tahakkum (a mocking style): producing sharpness by using a word in the opposite context. In the section on al-Wāqiʿa the use of the word nuzul (hospitality) for punishment was another instance of the same method, and it was treated in al-Wāqiʿa.
Al-Jaḥīm — root ج-ح-م: the fire's blazing in its fiercest heat. Jaḥmatu'n-nār — the fire at its fiercest. And this word occurs six times in the sūra (23, 55, 64, 68, 97, 163) — it is the most repeated name of a place in the sūra.
وَقَفَ — root و-ق-ف: to stand, to halt. And the verb is used here transitively: qifūhum — "halt them".
A point of word order and my own reading: in the twenty-third verse the command was to lead; in the twenty-fourth comes the command to halt. The driving, that is, is broken off midway. They are being led to the road of the blaze but are stopped before arriving.
The reason is stated at once: innahum masʾūlūn — "they are to be questioned". The halt, then, is for a questioning.
Masʾūl — root س-أ-ل: to ask. A passive participle: the one asked, the one of whom an account is required. The Qurʾān uses this word elsewhere too: apart from the wa qifūhum scene, inna's-samʿa wa'l-baṣara wa'l-fuʾāda kullu ulāʾika kāna ʿanhu masʾūlā (al-Isrāʾ 17/36).
And what will be asked is not said here. The twenty-fifth verse brings a question, but that question is not a question for information.
Mā lakum — "what is the matter with you?" In Arabic a mould announcing astonishment and reproach. It will occur twice more in the sūra: 92 (mā lakum lā tanṭiqūn — to the idols), 154 (mā lakum kayfa taḥkumūn — to the deniers).
| Verse | To whom | Question |
|---|---|---|
| 25 | To the deniers | lā tanāṣarūn — do you not help one another? |
| 92 | To the idols (from Abraham's mouth) | lā tanṭiqūn — do you not speak? |
| 154 | To the deniers | kayfa taḥkumūn — how do you judge? |
All three occurrences are questions about an inability to function, and this is a countable repetition. Two are directed at what is served, one at those who serve — and in both cases no answer comes.
Tanāṣarūn — root ن-ص-ر, Form VI (تَفَاعُل): reciprocity. Tanāṣara — they helped one another. Its original is tatanāṣarūn; one tāʾ has dropped.
The choice of Form VI is worth noting: the question is not "who will help you?" but "why do you not help one another?". No rescuer from outside is asked after, that is; what is asked after is the solidarity among themselves.
And this is the mirror of their state in this world — as my own reading: in the twenty-second verse they had been gathered together (themselves, their consorts, what they served). They came as a body but can do nothing as a body.
Bal is again iḍrāb: it leaves the question and announces the situation. The question is not answered; the impossibility of an answer is announced.
مُسْتَسْلِم — root س-ل-م, Form X. The root was analysed in al-Baqara, Qāf and al-Ḥujurāt: to be sound, wholeness, to surrender.
The work of Form X here: istaslama — he surrendered himself entirely, he gave up resisting. It is a word from the language of war: to lay down one's weapon.
| Verse | Word | Root | Who | How |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 26 | mustaslimūn | س-ل-م | The deniers | Perforce surrendered — because resistance is over |
| 103 | aslamā | س-ل-م | Abraham and his son | Willingly surrendered |
The same root, the same sūra, two extremes. In the twenty-sixth verse surrender is a defeat; in the hundred and third it is a choice. The sūra uses the word twice and lets the scenes make the difference between them.
Al-yawma — "today". The bringing forward of the adverb creates emphasis: not yesterday, today. Yesterday they were resisting.
وَأَقْبَلَ بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ يَتَسَآءَلُونَ · قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّكُمْ كُنتُمْ تَأْتُونَنَا عَنِ ٱلْيَمِينِ · قَالُوا۟ بَل لَّمْ تَكُونُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ · وَمَا كَانَ لَنَا عَلَيْكُم مِّن سُلْطَٰنٍ ۖ بَلْ كُنتُمْ قَوْمًا طَٰغِينَ · فَحَقَّ عَلَيْنَا قَوْلُ رَبِّنَآ ۖ إِنَّا لَذَآئِقُونَ · فَأَغْوَيْنَٰكُمْ إِنَّا كُنَّا غَٰوِينَ
Wa aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn · Qālū innakum kuntum taʾtūnanā ʿani'l-yamīn · Qālū bal lam takūnū muʾminīn · Wa mā kāna lanā ʿalaykum min sulṭān, bal kuntum qawman ṭāghīn · Fa-ḥaqqa ʿalaynā qawlu rabbinā, innā la-dhāʾiqūn · Fa-aghwaynākum innā kunnā ghāwīn
"They turn to one another, questioning. They say: 'You used to come at us from the right.' The others: 'No, you were not believers to begin with. And we had no power over you; you were a people who transgressed. The word of our Lord has come true against us; we too shall taste it. We led you astray, because we ourselves had gone astray.'"
| Verse | Sentence | Conjunction | Where |
|---|---|---|---|
| 27 | wa aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn | وَ | In the fire |
| 50 | fa aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn | فَ | In the garden |
The difference of conjunction is also worth noting: in the twenty-seventh verse wāw (simple joining), in the fiftieth fāʾ (succession without interval). In the garden the conversation begins immediately after the picture of the favours, without a pause; in the fire it comes as a separate movement after the scene of the halting. I record this as an observation.
Aqbala — root ق-ب-ل: to turn toward, to turn one's face. Qibla — the direction faced; qabl — front. The verb announces, that is, a turning of the face: they turned to one another.
Yatasāʾalūn — root س-أ-ل, Form VI: to question one another. In the twenty-fourth verse it had been said masʾūlūn (they are to be questioned). Here they question one another. The same root, two different interrogations: one vertical, one horizontal. This is a textual datum.
| Branch | Its sense | Example in the Qurʾān |
|---|---|---|
| The right side / the right hand | Direction and limb | aṣḥābu'l-yamīn (al-Wāqiʿa 56/27) |
| An oath | From the use of the right hand in clasping | aymānukum (al-Māʾida 5/89) |
| Power / strength | From the right hand's being the strong hand | la-akhadhnā minhu bi'l-yamīn (al-Ḥāqqa 69/45) |
| Blessing / good fortune | Yumn — blessing, good fortune | al-ayman (al-Qaṣaṣ 28/30 — al-wādi'l-ayman) |
And on the sense of the expression here there is more than one view in the classical commentaries. I give them in a table and impose no preference:
| View | What ʿani'l-yamīn means | Ground | Its weak side |
|---|---|---|---|
| From the side of religion / in the guise of good | "You used to come at us in the dress of piety" — offering evil as good | Yamīn in Arabic announces the side of good fortune and good; the verse in which the satan comes "from before them, from behind them, from their right, from their left" (al-Aʿrāf 7/17) supports this reading | The verse says not bi'l-yamīn but ʿani'l-yamīn; the difference of preposition requires explanation |
| By force / by compulsion | "You used to come at us by establishing dominance" | Yamīn is also used in the sense of power (al-Ḥāqqa 69/45) | The next verse rejects this: mā kāna lanā ʿalaykum min sulṭān (30) |
| With oaths / by swearing | "You would come swearing oaths and giving assurance" | Yamīn = an oath; the theme of deceiving by oath is present in the Qurʾān (al-Qalam 68/10 ff.) | Because the word comes singular and definite, it is strained toward the sense of "oaths" |
| From the strongest / most trusted side | "You would approach us from the safest side" | In Arabic the right side is the side of trust and of strength | It overlaps with those above and may not count as a separate view |
The weakness of the second view is read off the text, and this must be recorded: in the thirtieth verse the other side rejects the claim of power by saying "we had no sulṭān over you". The text, that is, produces within itself an objection to this reading. This is not a preference; it is a datum of the text.
As my own reading — and it is not binding: the preposition in the expression ʿani'l-yamīn (ʿan, "from, from the side of") announces a direction, and this gives a ground to the first view. "To come from the right" is the picture of an enemy approaching from the unexpected and unguarded side. But I do not set this down as a ruling; the word is open to more than one branch and the text does not specify.
| Division | Who says 28 | Who says 29-32 |
|---|---|---|
| Followers / leaders | Those who followed | The leaders, those who grew proud |
| Human beings / satans | Human beings | The satans / qarīns who fastened on them |
Both are transmitted and the text is open to both. The expression fa-aghwaynākum ("we led you astray") in the thirty-second verse suits the second reading, while mā kāna lanā ʿalaykum min sulṭān in the thirtieth suits both. I do not impose a preference.
The scene of the quarrel in the fire was treated in detail at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/47-50. The three-stage chain table there is not repeated; here I set down a comparison of the two scenes.
| Ghāfir 40/47-50 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/27-32 | |
|---|---|---|
| The verb | yataḥājjūna fi'n-nār (ح-ج-ج) — to argue with proofs | yatasāʾalūn (س-أ-ل) — to question |
| The parties | al-ḍuʿafāʾ / alladhīna'stakbarū — plainly named | Unnamed — only baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍ |
| The first word | innā kunnā lakum tabaʿā — "we followed you" | innakum kuntum taʾtūnanā ʿani'l-yamīn — "you used to come at us from the right" |
| The demand | The sharing of the burden — fa-hal antum mughnūna ʿannā naṣīban mina'n-nār | No demand — only accusation |
| The answer | innā kullun fīhā — "we are all in it" | bal lam takūnū muʾminīn — "you were not believers to begin with" |
| A third stage | Present — appeal to the keepers (49-50) | Absent — the quarrel stays between two parties |
| The closing sentence | wa mā duʿāʾu'l-kāfirīna illā fī ḍalāl | fa-innahum yawmaʾidhin fi'l-ʿadhābi mushtarikūn (33) |
The most marked difference between the two scenes is this, and it is read off the text: in Ghāfir the weak make a request (share the burden); in al-Ṣāffāt there is no request at all, only accusation. In Ghāfir the quarrel is looking for a solution; in al-Ṣāffāt a settling of scores is going on.
The second difference: Ghāfir gives names to the parties (the weak / those who grew proud); al-Ṣāffāt does not. The result of this is that the scene in al-Ṣāffāt turns into a quarrel whose parties are undefined — and, as was recorded above, in the classical commentaries this indefiniteness has led to two different divisions.
I record this as my own reading: in Ghāfir the quarrel has an addressee (the keepers), in al-Ṣāffāt it has none. This is why the scene in al-Ṣāffāt seems to take place in a closed room: no one calls out, everyone turns to the one beside him. The question asked in the twenty-fifth verse ("why do you not help one another?") is answered by this scene: in place of help they produce accusation.
Root س-ل-ط: to gain mastery over something, to dominate it. Sulṭān — a proof, an argument; and the power of rule. The root was treated at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/56 (bi-ghayri sulṭānin atāhum) and at al-Najm 53/23 (mā anzala'llāhu bihā min sulṭān).
A point the lexicographers record: sulṭān is connected with salīṭ (oil, olive oil) from the same root — as the oil takes up the wick and keeps the light standing, so a proof keeps a claim standing. I give this link as a transmission from the lexicographers.
Min here comes as zāʾida (a reinforcing particle): mā kāna lanā … min sulṭān — "we had no power or proof whatever". It generalises the negation.
Root ح-ق-ق: a thing's being fixed and in place. Ḥaqqa ʿalayhi — it came true against him, it became unavoidable. The root was treated in Qāf.
Qawlu rabbinā — "the word of our Lord". Which word is not said here; elsewhere the Qurʾān names the word about the filling of the fire (al-Sajda 32/13; Hūd 11/119). I give no name; the verse gives none.
Root غ-و-ي: to go from the way, to lose one's bearings, to miss the mark. Ghayy — waywardness; ghāwī — one who goes astray.
- fa-aghwaynākum — Form IV, transitive: "we led you astray".
- innā kunnā ghāwīn — an active participle from Form I, intransitive: "we ourselves had gone astray".
The confession thus has two layers: they admit the act they did, but they give as its ground their own condition. "We led you astray — because we had already gone astray."
I record this as my own reading: this is not a defence but an equalising. The other side was saying "you led me astray"; the answer becomes "yes, but we too had gone astray." The guilt is admitted, that is, but the difference is abolished. And the next verse seals it: fa-innahum yawmaʾidhin fi'l-ʿadhābi mushtarikūn.
فَإِنَّهُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ فِى ٱلْعَذَابِ مُشْتَرِكُونَ · إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَفْعَلُ بِٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ · إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوٓا۟ إِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ · وَيَقُولُونَ أَئِنَّا لَتَارِكُوٓا۟ ءَالِهَتِنَا لِشَاعِرٍ مَّجْنُونٍۭ · بَلْ جَآءَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَصَدَّقَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ · إِنَّكُمْ لَذَآئِقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابِ ٱلْأَلِيمِ · وَمَا تُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
Fa-innahum yawmaʾidhin fi'l-ʿadhābi mushtarikūn · Innā kadhālika nafʿalu bi'l-mujrimīn · Innahum kānū idhā qīla lahum lā ilāha illa'llāhu yastakbirūn · Wa yaqūlūna a-innā la-tārikū ālihatinā li-shāʿirin majnūn · Bal jāʾa bi'l-ḥaqqi wa ṣaddaqa'l-mursalīn · Innakum la-dhāʾiqu'l-ʿadhābi'l-alīm · Wa mā tujzawna illā mā kuntum taʿmalūn
"That day they are partners in the punishment. Thus do We deal with the guilty. For when it was said to them 'there is no god but God' they would grow proud, and would say: 'Are we to leave our gods for a mad poet?' — No! He brought the truth and confirmed the messengers who were sent. — You will surely taste the painful punishment. And you are requited only for what you used to do."
The same root is the root of the word shirk — to set partners beside God. Here the sūra uses the same root for their punishment: those who set partners become partners in the punishment.
In Arabic rhetoric this is close to the method called mushākala (using the same word as the response). What is recorded is this: the act and its requital are chosen from the same root.
And its link with the thirty-second verse is plain: a moment before, the parties were throwing the guilt at one another. The verse closes the matter: there is no separating, there is partnership.
| Verse | Sentence | About whom |
|---|---|---|
| 34 | innā kadhālika nafʿalu bi'l-mujrimīn | The guilty |
| 80, 105, 121, 131 | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Noah, Abraham, Moses-Aaron, Elijah |
| 110 | kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Abraham |
The same skeleton of a mould — innā kadhālika + verb + bi/li + a group — is applied to two opposite groups. This is a fact countable from the text.
- nafʿalu bi'l-mujrimīn — "we do to the guilty". The verb is faʿl (to do), the preposition bāʾ.
- najzi'l-muḥsinīn — "we requite those who do good". The verb is jazāʾ (to give a requital), directly transitive.
I record this as my own reading: the word jazāʾ announces an equivalence — a requital equal to what was done. Faʿl announces only the act. On the side of good, then, the language of reciprocity is used; on the side of guilt, the language of procedure. This is an observation about word choice.
Mujrim — root ج-ر-م. The lexicographers give the original picture of the root as "to pluck fruit from the branch / to cut": jarama'n-nakhla — he harvested the palm. From here the sense "to earn" and then "evil earning, guilt" arises. Jurm — a crime; mujrim — one who commits it.
Yastakbirūn — root ك-ب-ر, Form X. The work of the pattern: to see oneself as great, to give oneself airs of greatness. The root was treated in Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) as the backbone of that sūra (al-kibr, yastakbirūn).
A point of word order: the sentence is built as innahum kānū … yastakbirūn — kāna + imperfect. In Arabic this announces a habit continuing in the past: not once, but every time.
And the conditional particle is idhā (whenever), not in (if). The difference between the two: idhā is used for what is certain to occur, in for what is possible. Not "when it was said to them", then, but "every time it was said to them".
Shāʿir — root ش-ع-ر: to perceive finely, to sense. Shuʿūr — becoming aware; shiʿr — poetry. The link the lexicographers make: a poet is one who perceives what others do not and says it in measured speech. In the root of the word there is fineness and perception, not fabrication.
This accusation occurs in several places in the Qurʾān and was treated at al-Ḥāqqa 69/41 (wa mā huwa bi-qawli shāʿirin qalīlan mā tuʾminūn) and at al-Ṭūr 52/30 (am yaqūlūna shāʿirun natarabbaṣu bihi rayba'l-manūn). I rely on those treatments.
Majnūn — root ج-ن-ن: to cover, to hide. Jinn — the unseen; janīn — the covered one in the womb; janna — a garden covered with trees; majnūn — one whose reason is covered. The root was analysed in al-Jinn.
And the oddity of the two accusations coming together must be recorded — as my own reading: to be a shāʿir requires skill; to be majnūn announces the absence of skill. The two accusations refute one another. This pair of accusations occurs together in several places in the Qurʾān, and a similar pair was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/52 (sāḥirun aw majnūn).
A point of word order: li-shāʿirin — the preposition lām announces cause: "because of a poet". What is named, that is, is not what they would gain in return for leaving their gods but the person who leads them to leave them. The expression reduces the matter to an individual.
And ālihatinā — "our gods". In the fourth verse it had been said inna ilāhakum la-wāḥid — "your God is one". The same word, the same pronominal suffix, the opposite ruling. The sūra sets its own key word in their mouths. This is a textual datum.
| Accusation | Answer | How it meets it |
|---|---|---|
| Shāʿir — he brings invented speech | jāʾa bi'l-ḥaqq — he brought the truth | The quality of what he brought |
| Majnūn — he speaks on his own | wa ṣaddaqa'l-mursalīn — he confirmed the messengers | The accord of what he brought with those before him |
The second answer is worth noting: what is shown as proof is not something new but continuity. "This man is not alone; he says the same thing as those before him." One who is mad is not consistent.
Al-mursalīn — root ر-س-ل. And this word will occur six times in the sūra: 37 (here), 123, 133, 139, 171, 181. The three introductory moulds in the sequence of prophets (Elijah, Lot, Jonah) use this word, and the sūra's closing with peace (181) uses the same word. This is a countable structural datum.
I record this as my own reading: that it is said in the thirty-seventh verse "he confirmed the messengers" announces in advance the sūra's later sequence of prophets. Who the confirmed messengers are will be enumerated one by one from the seventy-fifth verse. This link between the two blocks is not set up openly in the text; the sharing of the word is a textual datum.
And here there is iltifāt (a shift in the direction of address): in verses thirty-three to thirty-seven the third person (innahum, yaqūlūn); in the thirty-eighth the second person (innakum).
The same transition was treated at al-Wāqiʿa 56/51, and what was recorded there was this: the telling turns to the addressee at the point where it becomes most concrete. The same observation is at work here.
Dhāʾiqū — root ذ-و-ق: to taste. And in the thirty-first verse the same word had come from the mouth of the other side: innā la-dhāʾiqūn ("we too shall taste it"). The same word two verses apart, one about themselves and one about them. This is a textual datum.
The choice of the verb: to taste announces that the punishment is direct and personal. Not hearing or seeing; contact with the mouth.
Tujzawn — root ج-ز-ي: to requite, to pay what is equal. In the thirty-fourth verse nafʿalu was used; here tujzawn. The block closes, that is, by passing from the language of "procedure" to the language of "requital".
The restriction set up with illā announces that there is no excess in the punishment. This is a measure repeated in the Qurʾān, and similar sentences were treated in the sections al-Jāthiya and al-Aḥqāf.
And the next verse will give the other face of this measure: illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn (40) — the exception. The punishment is exactly equivalent; but there is a group exempted from the equivalence.
إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ · أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ رِزْقٌ مَّعْلُومٌ · فَوَٰكِهُ ۖ وَهُم مُّكْرَمُونَ · فِى جَنَّٰتِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ · عَلَىٰ سُرُرٍ مُّتَقَٰبِلِينَ
Illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn · Ulāʾika lahum rizqun maʿlūm · Fawākihu wa hum mukramūn · Fī jannāti'n-naʿīm · ʿAlā sururin mutaqābilīn
"Except God's chosen servants. For them there is a known provision: fruits. And they will be honoured — in gardens of bliss, upon couches facing one another."
This sentence occurs four times in the sūra: 40, 74, 128, 160. This is a countable fact, and it forms the structural skeleton of the sūra.
| Verse | Exception to what |
|---|---|
| 40 | Those who will taste the punishment (38-39) |
| 74 | The evil end of those who were warned (73) |
| 128 | Those who denied Elijah (127) |
| 160 | Those who ascribe things to God (159) |
In all four the same work is done: a group is set apart from a ruling. And in all four places the ruling is negative and the exception positive.
| Verse | Expression | Who says it |
|---|---|---|
| 169 | la-kunnā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn | From the mouths of the deniers: "we would surely have been God's chosen servants" |
The sūra, that is, gives the very construction it set down four times as the condition of deliverance a fifth time as an unrealised claim of the deniers. And immediately after: fa-kafarū bihi — "then they denied it" (170). This is a structure that can be verified from the text and is one of the sūra's most elegant internal links.
Root خ-ل-ص: a thing's being pure, unmixed. The root was analysed at al-Baqara 2/139 (wa naḥnu lahu mukhliṣūn): like the separating of butter from milk, a thing's having nothing else mixed into it. I do not repeat the definition given there.
| Reading | Pattern | Sense |
|---|---|---|
| ٱلْمُخْلَصِين (mukhlaṣīn) | Passive participle — Form IV passive | Chosen, made pure — the doer is God |
| ٱلْمُخْلِصِين (mukhliṣīn) | Active participle — Form IV active | Sincere, single-hearted — the doer is the servant |
The difference of sense is marked and must be recorded: on the first reading the source of deliverance is being chosen, on the second sincerity. And the two readings do not exclude one another — both patterns are used in the Qurʾān: innahu min ʿibādina'l-mukhlaṣīn (Yūsuf 12/24) and mukhliṣīna lahu'd-dīn (al-Bayyina 98/5; al-Zumar 39/2).
I do not impose a preference. In this commentary the form in the received orthography of the text (mukhlaṣīn) has been taken as the basis and rendered "chosen"; that the other is also transmitted has been recorded.
ʿIbād — root ع-ب-د. The word will occur in the sūra's closing mould as well: innahu min ʿibādinā'l-muʾminīn (81, 111, 132). Note: there the construct is ʿibādinā (Our servants), here ʿibāda'llāh (God's servants). The two constructs say the same thing, but one in the first person and the other in the third. This is an observation about the structure.
Root ر-ز-ق: to convey to a living being what it will benefit from. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/22 (wa fi's-samāʾi rizqukum) and 51/58 (inna'llāha huwa'r-razzāq).
And the choice of the attribute has been dwelt upon. The explanations transmitted in the classical commentaries:
| Explanation | What it says |
|---|---|
| Its time is known | Uninterrupted and regular; no uncertainty |
| Its quality is known | What it is, is known; there is no surprise |
| Known to its owner | Determined and measured with God |
But a contrast must be recorded — and this is a textual datum: in the section on al-Wāqiʿa it was said of zaqqūm that it is "a tree of unknown, unrecognised kind", and the estranging function of that indefiniteness was given there in a table (al-Wāqiʿa). Here the reverse is present: maʿlūm — known. And in the sixty-second verse the sūra will compare these two sides directly: a-dhālika khayrun nuzulan am shajaratu'z-zaqqūm.
| Side | Attribute | Its effect |
|---|---|---|
| The mukhlaṣīn (41) | rizqun maʿlūm | Familiar, determined |
| The wrongdoers (64) | shajaratun takhruju fī aṣli'l-jaḥīm | Alien, indescribable |
And the word will occur once more in the sūra: wa mā minnā illā lahu maqāmun maʿlūm (164) — "each of us has a known station". The same attribute, one of provision and one of station. This is a textual datum.
Fawākih — the plural of fākiha, root ف-ك-ه. The root was analysed in al-Wāqiʿa (fākiha 56/20, 32; tafakkahūn 56/65). The note there: in the root there is "taking pleasure, delighting the heart"; fākiha is not necessary food but something eaten for delight.
And a point of word order must be recorded — as my own reading: the forty-first verse says rizqun maʿlūm; the forty-second explains it with a single word: fawākih. What is called "a known provision", then, has as its content not the necessary but the additional. The word provision suggests subsistence; its explanation turns out to be hospitality.
Mukramūn — root ك-ر-م, the passive participle of Form IV: honoured, treated with hospitality. The original sense of the root is given by the lexicographers as "generosity and worth"; karīm means both generous and worthy.
And the word carries the idea of a host. The definition recorded for the word nuzul in al-Wāqiʿa is at work here too: the reception given to a guest. In the sixty-second verse the sūra will set these two words (nuzul and zaqqūm) directly against one another.
Surur — the plural of sarīr: a raised seat, a couch, a throne. The lexicographers record the link between the root س-ر-ر and surūr (joy): a sarīr is the seat one sits on in a place of joy. I give this link as a transmission from the lexicographers.
Mutaqābilīn — root ق-ب-ل, Form VI: to be facing, to stand face to face. The same root as the aqbala of the twenty-seventh verse.
| Verse | Root ق-ب-ل | Who | What they turned for |
|---|---|---|---|
| 27 | wa aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn | Those in the punishment | To accuse one another |
| 44 | ʿalā sururin mutaqābilīn | The mukhlaṣīn | To sit |
| 50 | fa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn | The mukhlaṣīn | To talk |
The same root three times, and in all three a "turning of the face"; but the work of the turning is different each time.
The word mutaqābilīn was treated in the same context at al-Ṭūr 52/20 and at al-Dukhān 44/53. The note there holds here too: to sit facing one another is the lifting of distance and of turned backs.
يُطَافُ عَلَيْهِم بِكَأْسٍ مِّن مَّعِينٍۭ · بَيْضَآءَ لَذَّةٍ لِّلشَّٰرِبِينَ · لَا فِيهَا غَوْلٌ وَلَا هُمْ عَنْهَا يُنزَفُونَ · وَعِندَهُمْ قَٰصِرَٰتُ ٱلطَّرْفِ عِينٌ · كَأَنَّهُنَّ بَيْضٌ مَّكْنُونٌ
Yuṭāfu ʿalayhim bi-kaʾsin min maʿīn · Bayḍāʾa ladhdhatin li'sh-shāribīn · Lā fīhā ghawlun wa lā hum ʿanhā yunzafūn · Wa ʿindahum qāṣirātu'ṭ-ṭarfi ʿīn · Ka-annahunna bayḍun maknūn
"A cup filled from a flowing spring is passed round among them; white, a delight for those who drink. In it there is no befuddling, nor are they drained by it. And with them are companions of modest gaze, wide-eyed — as though they were sheltered eggs."
The verb is passive: yuṭāfu — it is passed round. Who passes it round is not said. At al-Ṭūr 52/24 this work was plainly given to a group (wa yaṭūfu ʿalayhim ghilmānun lahum); here the agent is concealed.
I record this as my own reading: the passive takes the service out of the scene — attention rests not on the one who serves but on the state of the one served.
Kaʾs — a cup, a full vessel. The lexicographers record a distinction: in Arabic kaʾs is used only of a full cup; an empty one is called qadaḥ. I give this distinction as a transmission from the lexicographers.
Maʿīn — root م-ع-ن or ع-ي-ن. Two derivations are transmitted: (a) from the root م-ع-ن, "flowing water"; (b) from the root ع-ي-ن, "water visible to the eye, issuing from its source". It occurs elsewhere in the Qurʾān too: bi-māʾin maʿīn (al-Mulk 67/30), treated in al-Mulk.
What the two have in common is this, and it is worth noting: the water is not standing but flowing. The forty-fifth verse gives the source, the forty-sixth the colour, the forty-seventh the effect.
Bayḍāʾ — root ب-ي-ض: whiteness. And the attribute may belong, according to most of the lexicographers, to kaʾs or to maʿīn. The disagreement over the case does not markedly change the sense.
Ladhdha — root ل-ذ-ذ: to taste, to please. And a point of word order is worth noting: the word is not an adjective but a verbal noun.
The verse, that is, does not say "delicious" (ladhīdha), it says "a delight". In Arabic, when the verbal noun itself is given to a thing in place of an adjective, it is announced that the thing does not merely bear the quality but is the quality itself — a way of intensification.
And the note li'sh-shāribīn is important: the delight is defined not in the drink itself but for the one who drinks. At al-Wāqiʿa 56/55 the drinking of the left-hand side was recounted as shurba'l-hīm (the drinking of a camel that is never satisfied). The two pictures take the same act and tie it to two different outcomes.
Ghawl — root غ-و-ل. The original sense the lexicographers give: to destroy unnoticed, to spoil stealthily. Ghāla — he destroyed unawares; ightiyāl — assassination. From the same root ghūl is the name of a creature believed in Arab folklore to lead travellers astray and destroy them — I mention this name only to show the field of use of the word, not as a transmission of a belief.
| Explanation | What is removed |
|---|---|
| Headache / befuddlement | Harm to the body |
| The loss of reason | Harm to the mind |
| Stomach pain / disorder | Harm to the inner organ |
All three are transmitted; the root's sense of "stealthy spoiling" covers all three. I issue no separate ruling.
Yunzafūn — root ن-ز-ف. And the root's original picture: the water of a well being drawn off until it is exhausted. Nazafa'l-biʾr — the well ran dry. Nazf — loss of blood.
| Reading | Form | Sense |
|---|---|---|
| يُنزَفُونَ (yunzafūn) | Form IV passive | They are not drained / their reason is not taken away |
| يَنزِفُونَ (yanzifūn) | Form I active | They do not exhaust it / they do not become drunk |
Both are transmitted. I give no reciter's name. In both readings the two branches of sense (exhaustion / loss of reason) have also been discussed. I issue no firm ruling.
But the structure of the two negations is worth noting — as my own reading: the first (ghawl) removes the harm coming from the drink, the second (yunzafūn) what goes out of the drinker. One from outside in, one from inside out. Both directions, that is, have been closed.
The construction qāṣirātu'ṭ-ṭarf was treated at al-Wāqiʿa 56/35-37, and a connection was made there with Ṣād 38/52 as well (wa ʿindahum qāṣirātu'ṭ-ṭarfi atrāb). I rely on that treatment and do not repeat it.
The summary there: قَصَرَ — root ق-ص-ر: to shorten a thing, to limit it, to confine it to a place. Qaṣr — a palace (a place one closes oneself into); maqṣūra — a partitioned chamber. Qāṣirātu'ṭ-ṭarf — "those who keep their gaze short", that is, who do not turn their eyes to another.
ʿĪn — the plural of ʿaynāʾ, root ع-ي-ن: having large and beautiful eyes. The lexicographers record that the concrete origin of the word is the large-eyed wild ox or the gazelle. The construction ḥūrun ʿīn was treated at al-Dukhān 44/54 and al-Ṭūr 52/20.
And this comparison was already cited at al-Ṭūr 52/24 (in the discussion of luʾluʾun maknūn), and this verse was referred to from there. I complete the mutual link here.
Maknūn — root ك-ن-ن: to cover, to keep hidden, to put inside a vessel. The root was analysed at al-Wāqiʿa 56/23 and 56/78. I do not repeat it.
| View | The respect of the comparison |
|---|---|
| Colour | The whiteness of the shell; the faintly yellow-tinged white of the ostrich egg is a measure of beauty in Arabic poetry |
| Being preserved | The attribute maknūn comes forward: untouched by hand, undusted |
| Softness / smoothness | The evenness of the shell |
All three are transmitted, and the attribute maknūn brings the second forward. I do not impose a preference.
| Sūra | Comparison | What it is likened to |
|---|---|---|
| Al-Wāqiʿa 56/23 | ka-amthāli'l-luʾluʾi'l-maknūn | A pearl |
| Al-Ṭūr 52/24 | ka-annahum luʾluʾun maknūn | A pearl (of those who serve) |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/49 | ka-annahunna bayḍun maknūn | An egg |
The same attribute (maknūn), three different things likened. What is shared is the attribute: being kept hidden.
I record this as my own reading: a pearl is a comparison of worth, an egg a comparison of untouchedness. Both are qualified by the same attribute, but the one looks to value and the other to contact.
فَأَقْبَلَ بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ يَتَسَآءَلُونَ · قَالَ قَآئِلٌ مِّنْهُمْ إِنِّى كَانَ لِى قَرِينٌ · يَقُولُ أَءِنَّكَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُصَدِّقِينَ · أَءِذَا مِتْنَا وَكُنَّا تُرَابًا وَعِظَٰمًا أَءِنَّا لَمَدِينُونَ · قَالَ هَلْ أَنتُم مُّطَّلِعُونَ · فَٱطَّلَعَ فَرَءَاهُ فِى سَوَآءِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ · قَالَ تَٱللَّهِ إِن كِدتَّ لَتُرْدِينِ · وَلَوْلَا نِعْمَةُ رَبِّى لَكُنتُ مِنَ ٱلْمُحْضَرِينَ
Fa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn · Qāla qāʾilun minhum innī kāna lī qarīn · Yaqūlu a-innaka la-mina'l-muṣaddiqīn · A-idhā mitnā wa kunnā turāban wa ʿiẓāman a-innā la-madīnūn · Qāla hal antum muṭṭaliʿūn · Fa'ṭṭalaʿa fa-raʾāhu fī sawāʾi'l-jaḥīm · Qāla ta'llāhi in kidta la-turdīn · Wa lawlā niʿmatu rabbī la-kuntu mina'l-muḥḍarīn
"They turn to one another, questioning. One of them says: 'I had a companion who used to say to me: Are you really one of those who hold it true? When we are dead and have become dust and bones, are we really to be called to account?' — He says: 'Will you look?' He looks and sees him in the very middle of the blaze. He says: 'By God, you almost ruined me. Had it not been for my Lord's favour, I too would have been among those brought.'"
The fiftieth verse is an exact repetition of the twenty-seventh — only the conjunction has changed. It was given above in a table. And the content of the two scenes is exactly opposite:
| 27-32 (in the fire) | 50-57 (in the garden) | |
|---|---|---|
| The speaker | Two indefinite groups | A single person — qāʾilun minhum |
| The subject | Mutual accusation | A memory — someone he knew in the past |
| The addressee | The group opposite | Those beside him |
| The closing | fa-aghwaynākum — mutual guilt | lawlā niʿmatu rabbī — the source of his own deliverance |
I record this as my own reading: the speech in the fire is turned to the second person (innakum, kuntum) — that is, accusation. The speech in the garden is built in the first person (innī, lī, la-kuntu) — that is, narration. The same sentence opens onto two different modes of speech.
A point of word order: qāla qāʾilun — the verb and its subject are from the same root (not م-ف-ع-و-ل but the same root: ق-و-ل). In Arabic this is called reinforcement by derivation (ishtiqāq).
And the subject is indefinite: qāʾilun minhum — "a speaker from among them". No name, and one in number. The scene, that is, descends from a crowd to a single person.
As my own reading: verses forty to forty-nine were a picture of a group (they, around them, with them). From the fiftieth verse it passes to a single voice. The picture turns into a narrative.
Root ق-ر-ن: to bind two things together, to pair. Qarn — a horn (what is joined to the head); qirān — a joining; qarīn — one who is constantly together with another, a close companion.
The word was treated in Qāf (50/23, 27 — wa qāla qarīnuhu), and the use of this word in the scene of the fire was analysed there. I rely on that treatment.
| Qāf 50/23, 27 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/51 | |
|---|---|---|
| Who the qarīn is | The one who accompanies a person and speaks on the day of reckoning | A human being he knew in this world (the widespread explanation) |
| Where he speaks | At the place of reckoning | Recounted in the garden — he himself is not there |
| What he says | hādhā mā ladayya ʿatīd | The words he said in this world are transmitted |
Whether the qarīn here is a human being or another kind of being has been disputed in the classical commentaries. The text does not specify and I issue no ruling. The content of the speech (denial of resurrection, mockery) accords with both possibilities.
And the same root had occurred in the thirty-seventh verse: wa ṣaddaqa'l-mursalīn — "he confirmed the messengers". The same verb, two different sides: one who confirms the messengers, and one who mocks those who confirm. This is a textual datum.
A point of word order: the question opens with a-innaka — that is, a reinforced question. In Arabic this is not a real question for information but announces incredulity and mockery. In English: "Come now, do you really believe?"
And la-mina'l-muṣaddiqīn — "one of those who hold it true". The person, that is, is placed in a group. The mockery is not individual but directed at a category.
This sentence is a repetition of the sixteenth verse, with one word of difference. It was given above in a table (in the section on 13-17) and I do not repeat it.
What is to be added here is this: in the sixteenth verse this speech was said by a crowd; in the fifty-third by a single person. And in the fifty-fifth verse that person is shown.
I record this as my own reading: the sūra gives a sentence twice, and at the second giving adds a face to it. The objection in the sixteenth verse belonged to an abstract crowd; the objection in the fifty-third belongs to a particular person standing in the middle of the blaze.
Root ط-ل-ع: a thing's coming out, rising and becoming visible. Ṭulūʿ — rising; maṭlaʿ — the place of rising; ṭalīʿa — a vanguard. The root was treated at Qāf 50/10 (wa'n-nakhla bāsiqātin lahā ṭalʿun naḍīd) and in al-Humaza (taṭṭaliʿu ʿala'l-afʾida).
Muṭṭaliʿ — the active participle of Form VIII: one who looks from above, who glances into a place. The pattern announces looking from a height downward.
And at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/36-37 the same root occurred in Pharaoh's mouth: fa-aṭṭaliʿa ilā ilāhi Mūsā — "that I may look upon the god of Moses". The same verb, two directions: one wants to climb up and look, the other looks down from above. This is a textual observation.
A point of word order: the question is hal antum muṭṭaliʿūn — "are you people who look?" It is asked with a nominal sentence. Not "will you look?", then, but "are you in a state to look?"
And note: the question is put to those beside him, but in the next verse the one who looks is a single person: fa'ṭṭalaʿa (singular). The offer is in the plural, the act in the singular. This is an observation about the structure.
Sawāʾ — root س-و-ي: equality, equivalence. Sawāʾu'sh-shayʾ — the very middle of a thing; because the middle point is equidistant from the edges. The word's sense of "middle" arises from this equality.
The same construction occurs in the Qurʾān at al-Dukhān 44/47: fa'tilūhu ilā sawāʾi'l-jaḥīm. Treated in al-Dukhān.
As my own reading: it is not said "in the blaze" but "in the very middle of the blaze". Not the edge but the centre. And what was offered in the fifty-fourth verse was looking — the speaker, that is, sees his companion's place with his own eye.
Ta'llāhi — an oath with the letter tāʾ. In Arabic wāw, bāʾ and tāʾ are particles of oath; and tāʾ is used only with the word "God". The lexicographers record that the tāʾ oath also carries the sense of astonishment and of an unlooked-for state.
In kidta — here in is not the negative but the mukhaffafa mina'th-thaqīla (the lightened form of the heavy inna). The grammarians know it by the presence of the lām: la-turdīn. The sense: "you really did almost…"
Turdīn — root ر-د-ي: to fall from a height, to perish. Taraddā — he fell, he perished. In the Qurʾān: wa mā yughnī ʿanhu māluhu idhā taraddā (al-Layl 92/11) — treated in al-Layl.
And the picture of the word is worth noting: ruin is described as falling — that is, from a height downward. And the speaker is at that very moment looking down from above (muṭṭaliʿ). The scene and the word overlap. I record this as an observation.
Lawlā — in Arabic the conditional particle announcing "had it not been for"; it announces a possibility that was not realised.
Muḥḍarīn — root ح-ض-ر, the passive participle of Form IV: those brought, those made to be present. And this word occurs three times in the sūra:
| Verse | Who | State |
|---|---|---|
| 57 | The speaker | la-kuntu mina'l-muḥḍarīn — I would have been (but was not) |
| 127 | Those who denied Elijah | fa-innahum la-muḥḍarūn — they will be |
| 158 | Those who ascribe kinship to the jinn | innahum la-muḥḍarūn — they will be |
All three occurrences are in the same mould. Only the first carries a difference: there the verb stands inside an unrealised condition. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
The choice of the word is worth noting: iḥḍār is to bring someone into the presence of an authority. The word announces, that is, not the punishment but the summons. In all three places the sūra names not the penalty itself but the procedure that leads to it.
أَفَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَيِّتِينَ · إِلَّا مَوْتَتَنَا ٱلْأُولَىٰ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمُعَذَّبِينَ · إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ · لِمِثْلِ هَٰذَا فَلْيَعْمَلِ ٱلْعَٰمِلُونَ
A-fa-mā naḥnu bi-mayyitīn · Illā mawtatana'l-ūlā wa mā naḥnu bi-muʿadhdhabīn · Inna hādhā la-huwa'l-fawzu'l-ʿaẓīm · Li-mithli hādhā fa'l-yaʿmali'l-ʿāmilūn
"'So then we are not to die — save our first death? And we are not to be punished?' — This indeed is the great triumph. For the like of this let the workers work."
| View | Who says it | Ground |
|---|---|---|
| The continuation of the speaker | The speech begun in the fifty-first verse continues; after looking at his companion the man turns and asks those beside him | The pronoun is plural (naḥnu) and the preceding speech also belongs to this person |
| The common word of those in the garden | They all say it together | Naḥnu is plural |
| Said to the one in the fire | The speaker turns to the one below and says "we are not to die" | The continuation of the scene |
A point of word order: the question opens with a-fa-mā — interrogative particle + fāʾ + negation. These three set up a question of astonishment attached to what precedes. In English: "So then…?"
And the question is not a real question — because its answer is known. In Arabic this is called the interrogative of astonishment (istifhām al-taʿajjub): to say again, with joy or with wonder, something already known.
I record this as my own reading: the man has just seen someone in the middle of the blaze. The source of the question is what he has seen. He perceives his own state anew by comparing it with the state he has seen.
Mawta — root م-و-ت, the marra pattern announcing "a single dying" (the faʿla pattern announces a single occurrence). Not mawt (death), that is, but mawta (one event of dying).
Al-ūlā — "the first". And the construct sets up a logic: saying "the first" appears to require the existence of a "second" — but the verse negates the second.
The explanation transmitted in the classical commentaries: al-ūlā here is not an ordinal number but means "that death which lies in the past" — that is, death in this world. There is a similar expression at al-Dukhān 44/56: lā yadhūqūna fīha'l-mawta illa'l-mawtata'l-ūlā, treated in al-Dukhān. I rely on that treatment.
And the order of the two is worth noting — as my own reading: first the duration is secured (we shall not die), then the state (we shall not be punished). The two conditions of a favour: that it last and that it not be spoilt. The same pair had been made for the drink in the forty-seventh verse: it neither harms (ghawl) nor is exhausted (yunzafūn). In both places the same logic: no spoiling from without, no ending from within.
Muʿadhdhab — root ع-ذ-ب, the passive participle of Form II. The lexicographers record an oddity: from the same root ʿadhb means sweet water. Different explanations are transmitted about the link between the two senses — on one view ʿadhāb is what cuts off a sweet life. I give this link as a transmission; I issue no firm etymological ruling.
And here the speaking party changes: verses fifty-eight and fifty-nine were a question; the sixtieth is a ruling. In the classical commentaries it is widely said that this sentence is the text's own voice.
| Element | Its work |
|---|---|
| إِنَّ | The particle of reinforcement |
| لَـ | Lām al-ibtidāʾ — a second reinforcement |
| هُوَ | Ḍamīr al-faṣl (the separating pronoun) — "this is it, and not another" |
Ḍamīr al-faṣl in Arabic sets up restriction (ḥaṣr) by separating the subject from the predicate. The sentence says, that is, not "this is a great triumph" but "the great triumph is precisely this, and nothing else".
Fawz — root ف-و-ز. The original sense the lexicographers give: to escape and to attain what one desires — the two together. Fāza — he both escaped danger and obtained what he wanted. Mafāza — both a place of deliverance and a perilous crossing in the desert.
And that both senses are at work here is worth noting: the fifty-ninth verse recounted escaping (no death, no punishment), verses forty-one to forty-nine attaining (provision, hospitality, companions). The word gathers the two under one heading.
A point of word order — and an important one: li-mithli hādhā has been brought forward. The ordinary order would have been fa'l-yaʿmali'l-ʿāmilūna li-mithli hādhā. In Arabic bringing forward (taqdīm) sets up ḥaṣr: "let them work for this, and not for anything else."
Li-mithli hādhā — "for the like of this". And note: not li-hādhā (for this) but li-mithli hādhā (for the like of this).
Two explanations are transmitted in the classical commentaries for this expression's being built with the word mithl:
| Explanation | What it says |
|---|---|
| Intensification | In Arabic mithl is sometimes added for reinforcement and means "exactly this" (as in the instance laysa ka-mithlihi shayʾ) |
| Real likeness | The picture recounted is an example; what is to be worked for is not this picture itself but an outcome of the kind it indicates |
Fa'l-yaʿmal — a command to the third person with the imperative lām. Not "work", then, but "let the workers work".
And the verb and its subject are from the same root: yaʿmali'l-ʿāmilūn. The same structure as qāla qāʾilun in the fifty-first verse. In this section the sūra uses a verb and subject from the same root twice. This is a textual datum.
I record this as my own reading: the sentence is not a summons but a correction of direction. "The workers" already exist and are already working; the verse does not command working, it changes the aim of the working. In the thirty-ninth verse it had been said "you are requited only for what you did" — here the same verb (ع-م-ل) is named together with its aim.
أَذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ نُّزُلًا أَمْ شَجَرَةُ ٱلزَّقُّومِ · إِنَّا جَعَلْنَٰهَا فِتْنَةً لِّلظَّٰلِمِينَ · إِنَّهَا شَجَرَةٌ تَخْرُجُ فِىٓ أَصْلِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ · طَلْعُهَا كَأَنَّهُۥ رُءُوسُ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينِ · فَإِنَّهُمْ لَءَاكِلُونَ مِنْهَا فَمَالِـُٔونَ مِنْهَا ٱلْبُطُونَ · ثُمَّ إِنَّ لَهُمْ عَلَيْهَا لَشَوْبًا مِّنْ حَمِيمٍ · ثُمَّ إِنَّ مَرْجِعَهُمْ لَإِلَى ٱلْجَحِيمِ
A-dhālika khayrun nuzulan am shajaratu'z-zaqqūm · Innā jaʿalnāhā fitnatan li'ẓ-ẓālimīn · Innahā shajaratun takhruju fī aṣli'l-jaḥīm · Ṭalʿuhā ka-annahu ruʾūsu'sh-shayāṭīn · Fa-innahum la-ākilūna minhā fa-māliʾūna mina'l-buṭūn · Thumma inna lahum ʿalayhā la-shawban min ḥamīm · Thumma inna marjiʿahum la-ila'l-jaḥīm
"Is this the better hospitality, or the tree of zaqqūm? We have made it a trial for the wrongdoers. It is a tree that comes forth in the very bottom of the blaze; its spathes are as though they were the heads of satans. They will eat of it and fill their bellies with it. Then upon it they will have a draught mixed with scalding water. Then their return is again to the blaze."
The word nuzul was analysed in detail at al-Wāqiʿa 56/56 (hādhā nuzuluhum yawma'd-dīn) and 56/93 (fa-nuzulun min ḥamīm). I do not repeat it.
The definition there — and the whole weight of the comparison here rests on it: nuzul, according to the lexicographers, is the first hospitality set out for a guest on his arrival. Not the feast itself, but what is offered while receiving him at the door.
And what was recorded in the section on al-Wāqiʿa turns here into a question. There the word had been used for one side only (the hospitality of the left-hand side, twice). In al-Ṣāffāt the word becomes a measure of comparison:
| Sūra | Use | Its function |
|---|---|---|
| Al-Wāqiʿa 56/56 | hādhā nuzuluhum — a statement | A seal — it closes the block |
| Al-Wāqiʿa 56/93 | fa-nuzulun min ḥamīm — a statement | A seal — it approaches the closing of the sūra |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/62 | a-dhālika khayrun nuzulan — a question | A measure — it compares two pictures |
The same word, then, does two different pieces of work in two sūras: in the one it seals the ruling, in the other it makes the ruling be asked for. This is a difference that can be verified from the text.
A point of word order: nuzulan is in the accusative and the grammarians count it as a specifier (tamyīz): "which is better — in respect of being hospitality?" The specifier determines in what respect the comparison is made. The question is not "which is better?" but "which is better as hospitality?"
And this ties to the forty-second verse: wa hum mukramūn — "and they will be honoured". The root ك-ر-م and the word nuzul are in the same field: hospitality. The sūra sets up the idea of hospitality in the forty-second verse and makes it a measure in the sixty-second.
And the form of the question is worth noting: a-dhālika khayrun … am … — a two-sided question (istifhām al-taʿalluq). This is the same mould as a-hum ashaddu khalqan am man khalaqnā in the eleventh verse. Twice the sūra asks in the same form and twice it leaves the answer to the addressee.
The word zaqqūm and the disagreement over its root were treated in detail at al-Wāqiʿa 56/52 — including the table of the disagreement over the root. I do not repeat it. The three views there (from the Arabic root tazaqqama; the name of a known plant; of foreign origin) were given there, and no firm etymological ruling was issued there either. That note holds here too.
| Sūra | Expression | Definiteness |
|---|---|---|
| Al-Wāqiʿa 56/52 | min shajarin min zaqqūm | Indefinite — "from a tree, from zaqqūm" |
| Al-Dukhān 44/43 | shajarata'z-zaqqūm | Definite — in a construct |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/62 | shajaratu'z-zaqqūm | Definite — in a construct |
This comparison was already made at al-Dukhān 44/43-44, and the difference between al-Wāqiʿa and al-Dukhān was given there in a table. I rely on that treatment.
That al-Ṣāffāt uses the same form as al-Dukhān is worth recording. In al-Wāqiʿa the word did not identify; here and in al-Dukhān it does identify — because in both, information is given about the tree (where it grows, what it resembles, what is done with it).
Fitna — root ف-ت-ن. And the concrete picture of the root is worth noting: to put gold into the fire and separate the pure from the dross. Fatana'dh-dhahab — he tested gold with fire. The root was analysed at al-Dhāriyāt 51/13-14 (yawma hum ʿala'n-nāri yuftanūn). I rely on that treatment.
| Explanation | What fitna means | Ground |
|---|---|---|
| A matter of dispute / an occasion of objection | When the news of the tree was given the deniers objected: "does a tree grow inside fire?" — and so the report became a point of division | The root's sense of "separating"; and that the expression al-shajarata'l-malʿūnata fi'l-Qurʾān at al-Isrāʾ 17/60 is named as a fitna |
| Punishment / testing | A punishment and a trial for the wrongdoers | The root's sense of "putting into fire" |
| Both at once | A trial as a report in this world, a testing as a punishment in the hereafter | The two senses working together |
All three are transmitted; I do not impose a preference. Both branches of the root (separating / testing by fire) are at work in this context.
Aṣl — root أ-ص-ل: the root of a thing, its bottom, what it rests on. Aṣīl — the hour after the afternoon (the bottom of the day); aṣl — the root of a tree.
And the construct is odd — the lexicographers record this: takhruju fī aṣli'l-jaḥīm — "it comes forth in the bottom of the blaze". The expected preposition would have been min (it comes forth from its bottom). The use of fī announces that the coming forth takes place inside: the tree does not come out, it grows within the fire.
I record this as my own reading: the choice of words sets up a reversed garden. A tree normally grows in soil and rises with water; here it grows in fire. And because the word aṣl means both "root" and "bottom", in the sentence the root of the tree and the bottom of the blaze fall in the same place.
Ṭalʿ — root ط-ل-ع: what comes out, what appears. In the palm tree, the spathe of the bud, the first state in which the fruit appears. The root was treated at Qāf 50/10 (lahā ṭalʿun naḍīd), where it was used of the palm bud.
The sūra, that is, uses on the side of the fire the word used in describing the plants on the side of the garden. This is a textual datum.
And here there is a question the classical lexicographers dwelt on at length: the heads of satans is a thing no one has seen. How can a comparison be made with something never seen?
The way a comparison (tashbīh) works is this: the mushabbah (what is likened) may be unknown, but the mushabbah bihi (what it is likened to) must be known — because the work of a comparison is to build a bridge from the known to the unknown. Here the thing likened to appears itself to be unknown. That is the objection.
| Answer | What it says | Assessment |
|---|---|---|
| A likening to what is in the mind | The comparison is made not to an object in the outer world but to the image of horror settled in the addressee's mind. In Arabic it was common to say "like a satan" of ugliness; the comparison rests on this settled usage | The most defended explanation. Its ground is that the work of a comparison is not to give information but to produce an effect: it calls up an image already present in the hearer |
| Shayṭān is the name of a plant | It is transmitted that in Arabia a bitter, ugly-looking plant was called "satans' heads" (ruʾūsu'sh-shayāṭīn) | It is transmitted, but there is no certain knowledge about how widespread this name was |
| Shayṭān is a kind of snake | It is recorded that in Arabic a kind of ugly and fearsome snake was called shayṭān | It occurs among the lexicographers; but it risks conflicting with the sense in which the Qurʾān uses the word elsewhere |
| The unknowability is itself the point | The work of the comparison is not to describe but to announce indescribability. To liken a thing to something unknown is a way of saying "you cannot picture this" | It accords with the "estranging" function recorded in the section on al-Wāqiʿa for the indefiniteness of zaqqūm |
And a note is required — as my own reading: the first and fourth explanations do not exclude one another. The comparison both calls up a settled image of fear and refuses to describe. The English "like a monster" does the same work: neither speaker nor hearer has seen a monster, yet the expression works.
A point of word order and pronoun agreement: ṭalʿuhā ka-annahu ruʾūsu'sh-shayāṭīn — the pronoun is masculine singular (hu), while the predicate is plural (ruʾūs). The grammarians resolve this thus: the pronoun refers to the word ṭalʿ (masculine singular), and because ṭalʿ is a collective noun its predicate can come in the plural. Not "each of its buds", then, but "its buds taken together".
And this sentence is an almost exact repetition of al-Wāqiʿa 56/52-53. It was analysed there and I do not repeat it.
The note there: the root م-ل-أ is to fill; the verse does not say "they will be satisfied" but "they will fill their bellies". To be satisfied is a satiation, to fill is a matter of volume.
| Al-Wāqiʿa 56/51-53 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/66 | |
|---|---|---|
| Person | innakum — second person | innahum — third person |
| The tree | min shajarin min zaqqūm — indefinite | shajaratu'z-zaqqūm — definite (62) |
| The chain | Four fāʾ: eating → filling → drinking → drinking like an animal | Two fāʾ, then two thumma: eating → filling → then the mixture → then the return |
The last row is the most important difference, and it is countable. In al-Wāqiʿa the whole scene ran with fāʾ — without interval. In al-Ṣāffāt, after two fāʾ, thumma comes twice.
Thumma in Arabic announces tarākhī (time coming between); fāʾ announces the absence of interval. In al-Ṣāffāt, that is, the scene is a scene with pauses: after eating and filling they drink, and after that they are taken back.
I record this as my own reading: the chain of al-Wāqiʿa ran without drawing breath; the chain of al-Ṣāffāt is built with stops. The two sūras make two different rhythms out of the same material.
Shawb — root ش-و-ب: to mix a thing with something else. Shāba — he mixed; shāʾiba — a foreign element that gets into a thing, a taint. The Turkish word şaibe ("taint") comes from this root.
In al-Wāqiʿa it was said ʿalayhi mina'l-ḥamīm — "upon it, of scalding water". Here shawban min ḥamīm — "a draught mixed with scalding water".
| Al-Wāqiʿa 56/54 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/67 | |
|---|---|---|
| The expression | fa-shāribūna ʿalayhi mina'l-ḥamīm | inna lahum ʿalayhā la-shawban min ḥamīm |
| Is there a verb | Yes — shāribūn (they drink) | No — a nominal sentence: "for them there is…" |
| The word | ḥamīm directly | Shawb — a mixture |
As my own reading: the addition of the word shawb announces that what is drunk is not pure. In the forty-sixth verse bayḍāʾ (pure white) was said of the other side — that is, unmixed. The drink of the two sides is distinguished by the same measure: the one pure, the other mixed.
Ḥamīm — root ح-م-م: to become extremely hot. The root was treated at al-Wāqiʿa 56/42, 54, 93, and it was recorded there that all three occurrences belong to the same group.
Marjiʿ — root ر-ج-ع: to return. A noun of place / a maṣdar mīmī: the place of return, the returning.
| Verse | Where al-jaḥīm occurs |
|---|---|
| 64 | The tree comes forth from the bottom of the blaze |
| 68 | Their return is to the blaze |
What they eat comes out of the blaze, and they themselves return to the blaze. The tree does not come out, and neither do they.
And an oddity in the word order must be recorded: la-ilā'l-jaḥīm — the reinforcing lām has come at the head of a preposition. The grammarians count this as rare but permissible. Its effect is this: the emphasis falls not on the place of return but on the direction of the returning.
I record this as my own reading: in the sixty-second verse a question had been asked — "which is the better hospitality?" The sixty-eighth verse does not give the answer; it shows that the answer is unnecessary. For seven verses what the second option is has been recounted, and the comparison has finished of itself.
إِنَّهُمْ أَلْفَوْا۟ ءَابَآءَهُمْ ضَآلِّينَ · فَهُمْ عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَٰرِهِمْ يُهْرَعُونَ · وَلَقَدْ ضَلَّ قَبْلَهُمْ أَكْثَرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ · وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا فِيهِم مُّنذِرِينَ · فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ · إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ
Innahum alfaw ābāʾahum ḍāllīn · Fa-hum ʿalā āthārihim yuhraʿūn · Wa laqad ḍalla qablahum aktharu'l-awwalīn · Wa laqad arsalnā fīhim mundhirīn · Fa'nẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu'l-mundharīn · Illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn
"They found their forefathers astray, and they are rushed along in their tracks. Before them most of those of old had gone astray. And We had sent warners among them. Look, then, how the end of those warned turned out — except God's chosen servants."
Root ل-ف-و (also recorded as أ-ل-ف-و): to come upon a thing, to meet with it, to find. Form IV: alfā — he found, he came upon.
And the choice of the verb is worth noting. Wajada (he found) could also have been said. The difference the lexicographers record: alfā announces meeting by chance, without searching. In the Qurʾān: wa alfayā sayyidahā lada'l-bāb (Yūsuf 12/25) — "and they came upon her husband at the door".
I record this as my own reading: the verb announces that the finding was not their own choice. It is a state they found ready where they were born. And it is not this that the verse blames; what is blamed is in the next verse: continuing without question what they found.
Ḍāllīn — root ض-ل-ل: to lose the way. The root was analysed in al-Fātiḥa (wa la'ḍ-ḍāllīn). The note there: the concrete picture of the root is losing the way in the desert; one who is lost need not be of ill intent.
A point of word order: ḍāllīn stands as a circumstantial — "they found them in a state of having gone astray". What is qualified, that is, is not the persons they found but the state they found.
Root ه-ر-ع. And the word is worth noting: the verb is in the passive pattern but its sense is active.
The sense the lexicographers give: ihrāʿ — to walk fast, in haste, as though being pushed. Yuhraʿūn — they are hurried along, they are dragged.
It occurs once more in the Qurʾān: wa jāʾahu qawmuhu yuhraʿūna ilayh (Hūd 11/78) — the people of Lot came rushing toward him.
And the passive is at work here — I record this as my own reading: the verse does not say "they run", it says "they are rushed along". Who does the rushing is not said. The movement, that is, is not their own. In the sixty-ninth verse there was a state they found; in the seventieth that state carries them.
ʿAlā āthārihim — "upon their tracks". Athar — root أ-ث-ر: the mark a thing leaves behind, a footprint. The root was treated at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/21 (wa āthāran fi'l-arḍ).
And the preposition ʿalā (upon) is worth noting: not fī (in) or ilā (toward). ʿAlā announces treading on a surface. They go, that is, treading in the footprints.
This is the most widespread mould of the theme of following the forefathers in the Qurʾān, and it was treated in detail at al-Zukhruf 43/22-23 (innā wajadnā ābāʾanā ʿalā ummatin wa innā ʿalā āthārihim muhtadūn). I rely on that treatment.
The difference here: in al-Zukhruf they themselves said this ("we are rightly guided in their tracks"); here the text says it about them, and the verb is passive. In al-Zukhruf a claim, then; here a diagnosis.
I record this as my own reading: the word does two pieces of work. One: that the majority went astray shows that the majority is not the measure of truth — it breaks the proof from the forefathers directly. Two: saying "most" also announces that a minority did not go astray. And that minority will be named in the seventy-fourth verse: illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn.
The six-verse block thus sets up a logic of number: the majority went astray, the minority was saved, and the warner went to both.
Al-awwalūn — for the third time in the sūra. 17 (ābāʾuna'l-awwalūn), 71 (here), 126 (rabba ābāʾikumu'l-awwalīn — from Elijah's mouth), 168 (dhikran mina'l-awwalīn). Four occurrences, four different pieces of work.
| Verse | Expression | Who says it | Its work |
|---|---|---|---|
| 17 | a-wa ābāʾuna'l-awwalūn | The deniers | To enlarge the objection |
| 71 | aktharu'l-awwalīn | The text | To announce that the majority went astray |
| 126 | rabba ābāʾikumu'l-awwalīn | Elijah | To bind the forefathers too to the same Lord |
| 168 | dhikran mina'l-awwalīn | The deniers | To ask for something that does not exist |
The hundred and twenty-sixth verse is the most interesting place in this table, and I will treat it separately there: Elijah does not reject following the forefathers — he says that the forefathers too had the same Lord. The sūra, that is, takes up the question of following the forefathers from two directions: it rejects blind following, but it does not condemn the forefathers wholesale either.
Mundhir — root ن-ذ-ر, the active participle of Form IV: one who warns, who announces a bad outcome in advance. The root was treated in al-Mursalāt, in al-Qamar (the most frequent word of that sūra: 11 times) and in al-Muddaththir. I do not repeat it.
The basic note there: indhār is not to frighten but to give notice in advance — to announce while there is still time.
A point of word order: arsalnā fīhim — "We sent among them". Not ilayhim (to them). Fī announces an inclusion: the warner is not a stranger coming from outside but from among them. The same emphasis was present at Qāf 50/2: mundhirun minhum ("a warner from among themselves"), treated in Qāf.
Mundhirīn is an indefinite plural: "warners". How many they were and who they were is not said. And this indefiniteness will be removed from the seventy-fifth verse onward: the sequence will begin and the names will be given one by one.
I record this as my own reading: the seventy-second verse is the heading of the sūra's sequence of prophets. It says "We sent warners"; three verses later the names of those warners begin to be enumerated. The command fa'nẓur (look) in the seventy-third verse supports this too: what is to be looked at comes immediately after.
| Verse | Word | Pattern | Its sense |
|---|---|---|---|
| 72 | مُنذِرِين (mundhirīn) | Active participle | Those who warn |
| 73 | ٱلْمُنذَرِين (mundharīn) | Passive participle | Those who are warned |
The same root, two consecutive verses, a difference of a single vowel: kasra / fatḥa. And the sense turns about.
This is a linguistic fact that can be verified from the text and is one of the most elegant places in the sūra.
And the word will turn once more at the end of the sūra: fa-sāʾa ṣabāḥu'l-mundharīn (177) — "how evil is the morning of those who were warned". The same passive participle pattern. This is a countable repetition.
ʿĀqiba — root ع-ق-ب: to come after a thing; the heel. ʿAqib — the heel; ʿāqiba — the outcome, what comes behind a matter. The root was treated at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/21 (kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu'lladhīna kānū min qablihim).
Fa'nẓur — root ن-ظ-ر, an imperative: look. And the addressee is singular. The command is given, that is, not to a crowd but to one person — to the Prophet, or to each single reader.
The sentence occurs for the second time in the sūra (40, 74). It was analysed in the section on the fortieth verse; I do not repeat it.
The question of word order here must be recorded: what does the exception attach to? In the seventy-third verse there was al-mundharīn (those warned); in the seventy-first, aktharu'l-awwalīn (most of those of old).
| Attachment | Sense |
|---|---|
| To 71 (aktharu'l-awwalīn) | "Most went astray — except God's chosen servants" |
| To 73 (al-mundharīn) | "Look at the end of those warned — except God's chosen servants" |
Both are transmitted by the grammarians; the sense arrives at the same place either way. I do not impose a preference.
And the closing of the block is worth recording — as my own reading: the seventy-fourth verse is identical with the fortieth, and thirty-four verses lie between them. Blocks III and IV are thus framed by the same sentence: one opens, the other closes. And inside that frame there are two pictures — the garden and zaqqūm. The frame holds the two pictures together.
وَلَقَدْ نَادَىٰنَا نُوحٌ فَلَنِعْمَ ٱلْمُجِيبُونَ · وَنَجَّيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْكَرْبِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ · وَجَعَلْنَا ذُرِّيَّتَهُۥ هُمُ ٱلْبَاقِينَ · وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرِينَ · سَلَٰمٌ عَلَىٰ نُوحٍ فِى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ · إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ · إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ · ثُمَّ أَغْرَقْنَا ٱلْءَاخَرِينَ
Wa laqad nādānā Nūḥun fa-la-niʿma'l-mujībūn · Wa najjaynāhu wa ahlahu mina'l-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm · Wa jaʿalnā dhurriyyatahu humu'l-bāqīn · Wa taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn · Salāmun ʿalā Nūḥin fi'l-ʿālamīn · Innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn · Innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn · Thumma aghraqna'l-ākharīn
"And Noah called upon Us — and how excellent are We as answerers. We saved him and his household from the great distress. We made his progeny the ones who remained. And We left upon him, among those who came after: 'Peace be upon Noah among all the worlds.' Thus do We requite those who do good. He was one of Our believing servants. Then We drowned the others."
Eight verses, and within them not a full account — a summary. What Noah said to his people, how long he waited, the building of the ark, the flood — none of it is recounted. What is recounted is only this: he called, he was saved, his line continued, his name remained.
This is the method the sūra keeps to in its sequence of prophets, and it is worth recording: the accounts are given not as story but as outcome. Comparing this with Sūrat Nūḥ, treated in Nūḥ, makes it clear: there, for twenty-eight verses, Noah's case and his call are recounted; here the case itself is wholly absent, and only its result is present.
Nādā — root ن-د-و/ن-د-ي: to call to one who is far off. The root was treated at al-Qalam 68/48 (idh nādā wa huwa makẓūm — of Jonah).
And the picture of the word is worth noting: nidāʾ is a call made from a distance. One does not make nidāʾ to someone near; with him one makes najwā (a whisper).
The same verb, the opposite direction. Noah calls, Abraham is called. I record this as an observation.
And what he said is not stated. Elsewhere the Qurʾān states it: fa-daʿā rabbahu annī maghlūbun fa'ntaṣir (al-Qamar 54/10) — treated in al-Qamar. Here the content is not given; only the act and its answer.
Niʿma — in Arabic the verb of praise (fiʿl al-madḥ). Its opposite is biʾsa (how evil). The mould is used to praise a thing in the highest degree.
A point of word order: fa-la-niʿma — with fāʾ and lām at its head. The grammarians count this lām as the answer to an elided oath. At the head of the sentence, that is, there is an unstated oath: "By God, how excellent are We as answerers."
Mujīb — root ج-و-ب: to answer, to respond. The concrete sense of the root is "to cut through, to cleave": jāba'l-arḍa — he cleft the ground, he traversed it. In the Qurʾān: wa Thamūda'lladhīna jābū'ṣ-ṣakhra bi'l-wād (al-Fajr 89/9) — "and Thamūd, who hollowed the rocks in the valley" — treated in al-Fajr.
The link the lexicographers make: an answer is what cleaves the obstacle standing before a question. The word goes out and its response comes back. I give this link as a transmission from the lexicographers.
And the plural is worth noting: al-mujībūn — "the answerers". A plural of majesty. The same form will be repeated in the sūra: innā, jaʿalnā, taraknā.
Karb — root ك-ر-ب. The original sense the lexicographers give: a distress that narrows a person's breast and cuts off his breath. Kurba — a trouble; makrūb — one in distress. From the same root karaba also means "it drew near"; the lexicographers make the link thus: distress is what draws near and clings to a person.
| Verse | Who | Expression |
|---|---|---|
| 76 | Noah and his household | wa najjaynāhu wa ahlahu mina'l-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm |
| 115 | Moses, Aaron and their people | wa najjaynāhumā wa qawmahumā mina'l-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm |
The same construction, the same verb (najjaynā), two different deliverances. And both are deliverances from water: the one from the flood, the other from the sea. Whether the text sets up this link is not said; the sharing of the words is a datum.
Najjaynā — root ن-ج-و, Form II: to save. The concrete sense of the root is "high ground": najwa — a rise one climbs to be safe from a flood. "To save", then, is really "to raise up high". And in the context of the flood this picture works directly.
Dhurriyya — root ذ-ر-ر or ذ-ر-و. Two derivations are transmitted: (a) from ذ-ر-ر — a mote, a small particle; (b) from ذ-ر-و — to scatter, to spread. Both arrive at the picture of "small particles spread abroad". I issue no firm etymological ruling.
A point of word order: jaʿalnā dhurriyyatahu hum al-bāqīn — the pronoun hum comes between. This is the ḍamīr al-faṣl and it sets up ḥaṣr (restriction): "the ones who remain are only his progeny".
And this is information the text gives; its detail is not given. In the classical commentaries it is said, on the basis of this verse, that the whole of humanity comes from Noah's line. The verse does not say this openly; it says "the ones who remained are his progeny". I record this much and write no more.
This sentence occurs four times in the sūra: 78 (Noah), 108 (Abraham), 119 (Moses-Aaron — ʿalayhimā), 129 (Elijah). It was given in a table in the section on the structure.
And there is an ellipsis in the sentence: taraknā ʿalayhi — "We left upon him". What was left is not said. The verb has no object.
| Completion | Sense |
|---|---|
| thanāʾan ḥasanan — a good remembrance | "We left him a good name among those who came after" |
| dhikran — a memory | "We left a memory of him" |
| The next verse itself | What was left is verse 79: the sentence salāmun ʿalā Nūḥ |
The third is worth noting and is the closest to the text: the seventy-ninth verse is directly a sentence of peace and stands like a quoted utterance. What "We left", then, may be that very sentence — the word that remained on people's tongues.
I record this as a view and impose no preference; but that all three moulds (78-79, 108-109, 129-130) come in the same order gives this reading a ground.
Al-ākhirīn — root أ-خ-ر: to come after. "Those who come after." And note: in the seventy-ninth verse al-ʿālamīn (the worlds) occurs, and in the eighty-second al-ākharīn (the others) will occur. The three words resemble one another but are three distinct things:
| Word | Root | Sense | Verse |
|---|---|---|---|
| ٱلْءَاخِرِين | أ-خ-ر | Those who come after | 78 |
| ٱلْعَٰلَمِين | ع-ل-م | The worlds | 79 |
| ٱلْءَاخَرِين | أ-خ-ر | The others (the rest) | 82 |
The two words in verses seventy-eight and eighty-two are from the same root and are distinguished by a single vowel (al-ākhirīn / al-ākharīn). This is a fact of the same kind as the mundhirīn / mundharīn pair in verses seventy-two and seventy-three, and it is countable.
| Verse | The sentence of peace | Is there an addition |
|---|---|---|
| 79 | salāmun ʿalā Nūḥin fi'l-ʿālamīn | Yes — "among all the worlds" |
| 109 | salāmun ʿalā Ibrāhīm | No |
| 120 | salāmun ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn | No |
| 130 | salāmun ʿalā Il Yāsīn | No |
| 181 | wa salāmun ʿala'l-mursalīn | No |
An adverbial phrase is added only to the peace given to Noah: fi'l-ʿālamīn. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
I record this as my own reading, and it is not binding: that the addition falls in the first salutation of the sequence is striking. The first peace is given with the widest extent, and those that follow are set upon it. Moreover the seventy-seventh verse had said that Noah's progeny are the ones who remain — the adverb ʿālamīn accords with this: a name remembered among everyone, in a world in which everyone remains within his line. This is an explanation, not a ruling.
Salām — root س-ل-م. The root was analysed in al-Baqara, Qāf, al-Wāqiʿa (56/91 — salāmun laka min aṣḥābi'l-yamīn) and al-Ḥujurāt. The basic note there: the original sense of the root is "wholeness, soundness, freedom from defect". To give peace is to wish wholeness to the other.
And salām comes indefinite: salāmun, not al-salāmu. In Arabic the indefinite is common in sentences of prayer and announces generality (ʿumūm): "peace of every kind".
A point of word order and my own reading: the sentence is a nominal sentence and has no verb. In Arabic a nominal sentence announces continuance and fixity. Not "let there be peace upon Noah" but "there is peace upon Noah" — not a wish but a statement of a state. And this is consistent with the verb "We left" in the seventy-eighth verse: what was left was left in order to last.
This sentence occurs five times in the sūra: 80, 105, 110 (without innā), 121, 131. It was given in a table in the section on the structure.
Najzī — root ج-ز-ي: to requite, to pay what is equal. The same field was treated in the thirty-ninth verse (wa mā tujzawna illā mā kuntum taʿmalūn) and in the thirty-fourth (nafʿalu bi'l-mujrimīn).
Muḥsin — root ح-س-ن, the active participle of Form IV. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/16 (innahum kānū qabla dhālika muḥsinīn) and at al-Raḥmān 55/60 (hal jazāʾu'l-iḥsāni illa'l-iḥsān). I rely on those treatments.
The definition there holds here too: iḥsān is more than "doing good" — to do a thing beautifully, completely and with more than is due. In the root there is ḥusn (beauty).
And the sentence in al-Raḥmān gives the logic of this mould: hal jazāʾu'l-iḥsāni illa'l-iḥsān — "is the requital of iḥsān anything but iḥsān?" The requital, that is, is of the same kind as the act.
I record this as my own reading: this is why the closing mould of the sequence says not najzi'l-muʾminīn or najzi'l-muttaqīn but najzi'l-muḥsinīn. The subject of the mould is not belief but the doing of the work well. And the next verse states the belief separately: innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn. Two verses record two different things: the work he did and the place where he stands.
This sentence occurs three times in the singular in the sūra (81, 111, 132) and once in the dual (122 — innahumā).
And the construct is worth noting: ʿibādinā — "Our servants". In the fortieth verse it was said ʿibāda'llāh ("God's servants"). The two constructs say the same thing, but the one is first person and the other third. And the closing mould of the sequence prefers the first person — because the whole mould is built in the first person (taraknā, innā, najzī).
Al-muʾminīn — root أ-م-ن: to be safe, to give security. The root was analysed in al-Baqara.
And a point of word order: the sentence is not innahu muʾminun but innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn. The attribute is not given directly; the person is placed in a group. In the fifty-second verse the qarīn's speech had the same structure: a-innaka la-mina'l-muṣaddiqīn. The sūra prefers to name persons not singly but by the group they belong to. This is an observation about the language.
Aghraqnā — root غ-ر-ق, Form IV: to drown. The root had occurred at al-Nāziʿāt 79/1 (wa'n-nāziʿāti gharqā) — there as a verbal noun and in a different work.
And the point of word order is very marked — I record it as my own reading: the sentence of punishment has been set behind the closing mould. The order is this: deliverance (76) → progeny (77) → remembrance (78) → peace (79) → requital (80) → faith (81) → then punishment (82).
The destruction comes, that is, not in the middle of the account but at its end and as an appendix. And the particle thumma pushes it further away still: "then". The weight of the telling is on the side of those saved; the side that drowned is passed over in one sentence.
And the same structure will be repeated in the Lot section: thumma dammarna'l-ākharīn (136) — the same particle, the same word (al-ākharīn), the same position. This parallel between the two sections is countable from the text.
وَإِنَّ مِن شِيعَتِهِۦ لَإِبْرَٰهِيمَ · إِذْ جَآءَ رَبَّهُۥ بِقَلْبٍ سَلِيمٍ · إِذْ قَالَ لِأَبِيهِ وَقَوْمِهِۦ مَاذَا تَعْبُدُونَ · أَئِفْكًا ءَالِهَةً دُونَ ٱللَّهِ تُرِيدُونَ · فَمَا ظَنُّكُم بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Wa inna min shīʿatihi la-Ibrāhīm · Idh jāʾa rabbahu bi-qalbin salīm · Idh qāla li-abīhi wa qawmihi mādhā taʿbudūn · A-ifkan ālihatan dūna'llāhi turīdūn · Fa-mā ẓannukum bi-rabbi'l-ʿālamīn
"And of those who followed his way was Abraham. When he came to his Lord with a sound heart. When he said to his father and his people: 'What is it you serve? Is it fabricated gods, apart from God, that you want? Then what do you suppose of the Lord of all the worlds?'"
Shīʿa — root ش-ي-ع. And the original sense of the root is worth noting: to spread, to disperse, to multiply. Shāʿa'l-khabar — the news spread; ashāʿa — he spread it. From this shīʿa arises: a company gathered around a person and spreading his view.
The Qurʾān uses the word both positively and negatively: wa laqad ahlaknā ashyāʿakum (al-Qamar 54/51) — "We have destroyed your like"; and at al-Qaṣaṣ 28/15 a man is named as min shīʿatihi (of his party).
| To whom the pronoun refers | Sense | Ground |
|---|---|---|
| To Noah | "Abraham too was of Noah's way" | The nearest name mentioned is Noah (75-82) |
| To the Prophet | "Abraham too is of your way" | The addressee of the sūra is the Prophet; and the Qurʾān ties Abraham's religion to the Prophet's |
The first view is nearer grammatically (a pronoun refers to the nearest antecedent) and is transmitted more widely in the classical commentaries. The second is also transmitted. I do not impose a preference.
And a note as my own reading: the choice of the word announces that the sequence is a chain. Abraham is presented not as a separate beginning but as a continuation. In the thirty-seventh verse it had been said of the Prophet wa ṣaddaqa'l-mursalīn ("he confirmed the messengers"); here too a prophet is joined to the one before him. What is built through the sūra is not separate heroes but a single line.
Jāʾa … bi- — in Arabic the mould announcing "to bring a thing". Not "he came", then, but "he brought". Jāʾa bi-qalbin salīm — he brought his heart.
I record this as my own reading: the mould carries the idea of an offering. In the thirty-seventh verse it had been said of the Prophet jāʾa bi'l-ḥaqq ("he brought the truth") — the same mould. In both places the sūra uses the same structure: a person brings something. The one the truth, the other his heart.
| Verse | Word | Pattern | Who |
|---|---|---|---|
| 26 | mustaslimūn | Active participle of Form X | The deniers — surrendered perforce |
| 84 | salīm | The faʿīl adjective | Abraham's heart |
| 103 | aslamā | A Form IV verb | Abraham and his son — surrendered willingly |
| 79, 109, 120, 130, 181 | salām | A verbal noun | The sentences of peace |
The faʿīl pattern in Arabic can carry both an active and a passive sense. The senses transmitted for salīm here:
| Sense | What it says |
|---|---|
| Without defect, sound | Free of illness — the original sense of the word salīm |
| Purified of associating partners | Clean of setting up partners |
| Clean of rancour and envy | Moral purification |
| Surrendered | Salīm in the sense of "one who surrenders" |
All these senses are transmitted in the classical commentaries, and most exegetes count them as complementary. I impose no preference.
And an intra-Qurʾānic link: illā man ata'llāha bi-qalbin salīm (al-Shuʿarāʾ 26/89). The same construction, the same verbal mould (atā … bi-). And there too the words are Abraham's. This is a textual datum.
Qalb — root ق-ل-ب: to turn, to turn over. This sense of the root was treated in Qāf and al-Baqara. The name of the organ, that is, means "what turns, what passes from state to state". That the attribute salīm is given to this root is worth noting: soundness is asked of a thing that is continually changing.
In Arabic this is called istifhām inkārī (an interrogative of denial) or tawbīkh (an interrogative of reproach): to ask about something whose answer is known, so as to bring the addressee face to face with his own answer.
And note: not man taʿbudūn (whom do you serve) but mādhā taʿbudūn (what do you serve). The same particle was used in the twenty-second verse: wa mā kānū yaʿbudūn. The sūra names the things served consistently with the particle for non-rational beings. This is a countable datum of the language.
Li-abīhi wa qawmihi — "to his father and his people". The order is worth noting: first the father, then the people. He begins from the nearest.
The ordinary order would have been: a-turīdūna ālihatan ifkan dūna'llāh. In the verse the order has been changed entirely:
| Order | Word | Where it would ordinarily be |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | إِفْكًا | At the end (an adjective / circumstantial) |
| 2 | ءَالِهَةً | After the verb (the object) |
| 3 | دُونَ ٱللَّهِ | After the object |
| 4 | تُرِيدُونَ | At the head (the verb) |
The verb, that is, has been thrown to the very end, and the word ifk has been brought to the very front.
In Arabic bringing forward (taqdīm) sets up emphasis and ḥaṣr. The centre of gravity of the sentence becomes not "do you want?" but "is it a fabrication?"
I record this as my own reading: the question is not "do you serve?" but "is it a fabricated thing that you want?" The emphasis falls not on the verb but on the quality of the object. Abraham questions not the serving but the kind of what is served.
Ifk — root أ-ف-ك: to turn a thing from its direction, to overturn it. Afaka — he turned it; maʾfūk — one whose reason has been turned. The same root was treated in the Qurʾān at al-Dhāriyāt 51/9: yuʾfaku ʿanhu man ufik — "turned away from it is he who is turned".
And the picture of the root is worth noting: ifk does not mean exactly "a lie"; it means "speech that has turned the truth about". A lie is a fabrication; ifk is the overturning of what exists.
And the word will occur once more in the sūra: alā innahum min ifkihim la-yaqūlūn · walada'llāh (151-152) — "out of their fabrication they say 'God has begotten'". Both occurrences do the same work: fabricating an attribution. This is a countable repetition.
Dūna'llāh — "apart from God, short of God". Dūn in Arabic announces "below, short of". It had occurred in the twenty-third verse too (min dūni'llāh).
Ẓann — root ظ-ن-ن: an opinion that is not certain, supposing. But the root is two-directional in Arabic: sometimes it means "to suppose" (a weak opinion), sometimes "to know with certainty". Both uses are present in the Qurʾān: alladhīna yaẓunnūna annahum mulāqū rabbihim (al-Baqara 2/46 — certainty here).
| Explanation | What the question means |
|---|---|
| "What do you suppose?" | "What do you suppose He will do to you?" — a question of threat |
| "What do you take Him to be?" | "What do you take the Lord of all the worlds to be, that you leave Him and turn to these?" — a question of comparison |
And the order of the two questions is worth noting — as my own reading: the first question asked about what they serve (85-86); the second asks about what they do not serve (87). Abraham shows first what is in their hand, then what is not. And the object of the second question is given not with a name but with a construct: rabbu'l-ʿālamīn — the Lord of all the worlds. The other side's gods are "ālihatan" (plural, indefinite), what Abraham names is "the Lord of all the worlds" (singular, all-encompassing).
Rabbu'l-ʿālamīn — the same construct as in the last verse of the sūra: wa'l-ḥamdu li'llāhi rabbi'l-ʿālamīn (182). The sūra closes with the construct it set in Abraham's mouth. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
فَنَظَرَ نَظْرَةً فِى ٱلنُّجُومِ · فَقَالَ إِنِّى سَقِيمٌ · فَتَوَلَّوْا۟ عَنْهُ مُدْبِرِينَ
"Then he cast a glance at the stars and said, 'I am sick'. Thereupon they turned their backs and left him."
These three verses are among the places in the sūra that require the most care. The reason is this: the text says very little, and what it does not say has been filled in, in the classical sources, in very different ways.
What the text does not say: why he looked, what he saw, what he meant by "sick", why they went, where they went. None of this is in the verse.
In this commentary those gaps are not filled with details of the isrāʾīliyyāt kind. I will give the classical explanations in a table and will set up no firm ruling.
And the word naẓra is in the marra pattern (the faʿla pattern): it announces a single occurrence. Not "he kept looking", then, but "he looked once".
This is a linguistic datum read off the text and worth noting: the verse describes not a continued observation but a single, brief glance.
Fi'n-nujūm — "in the stars". And the preposition is fī, not ilā. Naẓara ilā is "to look at", while naẓara fī in Arabic generally means "to think about a thing, to examine it". The grammarians record this distinction.
The expression is therefore closer to "he cast an eye over the stars / he considered them" than to "he looked at the stars". I give this as a linguistic note.
Nujūm — the plural of najm, root ن-ج-م: to rise, to come forth. The root was analysed in detail in al-Najm, and it was recorded there that the word is used of plants too (wa'n-najmu wa'sh-shajaru yasjudān — al-Raḥmān 55/6). I rely on that treatment.
| Verse | Who | Context |
|---|---|---|
| 89 | Abraham | fa-qāla innī saqīm — he says it himself |
| 145 | Jonah | fa-nabadhnāhu bi'l-ʿarāʾi wa huwa saqīm — the text says it |
The same word, two prophets, two different situations. One says it of himself, of the other it is said. Whether the text sets up this link is not clear; the sharing of the word is a datum.
What this expression means is one of the most disputed questions of the classical commentaries. I give the principal explanations transmitted. The table is not a list of preferences.
| Explanation | What it says | Ground | Its weak side |
|---|---|---|---|
| He really was unwell | Abraham was at that time bodily ill or about to fall ill; what he said is true | The simplest reading; the dictionary sense of the word | The verse speaks of no illness; and in the following verses he does not behave like a sick man (he breaks the idols) |
| A reference to the future | "I shall be sick" — in Arabic the present form can point to the future; every human being who will die is in a sense sick | This usage is transmitted in Arabic | It has been found strained |
| He was sick at heart | The illness is the name not of the body but of the distress caused by the association he sees: "I am sick of this state of yours" | Saqīm is used in Arabic for inward distress too | The verse gives no reason |
| An oblique utterance (maʿārīḍ) | The utterance is one that is in fact true but that the addressee understands otherwise. In Arabic this is called taʿrīḍ and is not counted a lie | The most widespread explanation in the classical period; it is true that every man is in a way "sick" | The explanation presupposes the aim of the utterance (to be parted from them) — the verse does not say this |
| The looking at the stars was a way of framing an excuse | His people were a community that looked at the stars and drew judgements from them; Abraham spoke in their own language | That the people gave weight to heavenly bodies is implied elsewhere in the Qurʾān (al-Anʿām 6/76-78) | The verse does not say the people had such a custom |
And a further note is required. In some sources this expression is taken up together with the report of "three utterances" attributed to Abraham. I am not in a position to assess the text and the chain of that report; for that reason I do not transmit it and build nothing upon it.
No firm ruling is set up in this commentary. What is recorded is this: the verse gives no explanation, and to fill in the explanation that was not given changes the work the verse does.
As my own reading I add only this, and it is not binding: all three of the three verses are joined with fāʾ (fa-naẓara, fa-qāla, fa-tawallaw) — that is, an uninterrupted chain. Between the look, the utterance and the departure there is no explanation whatever. That the telling is this fast suggests that the detail is withheld deliberately. The text recounts not what happened but what it resulted in.
Tawallā — root و-ل-ي, Form V: to turn one's face away and go. The root was treated in al-Layl and ʿAbasa.
Mudbirīn — root د-ب-ر: the back. Adbara — he turned his back. An active participle in the plural, in a circumstantial position.
And the two words announce the same thing: tawallaw and mudbirīn. In Arabic this is called reinforcement — the same sense said with two words.
The Qurʾān uses the same pair elsewhere too: thumma wallaytum mudbirīn (al-Tawba 9/25).
| Verse | Verb | Who | Direction |
|---|---|---|---|
| 90 | tawallaw … mudbirīn | The people | Moving away |
| 94 | fa-aqbalū ilayhi yaziffūn | The people | Approaching |
The same people, four verses apart, two opposite directions. And the two verbs are opposites by their very roots: dubur (the back) and qubul (the front). The sūra sets up this contrast by its choice of words.
فَرَاغَ إِلَىٰٓ ءَالِهَتِهِمْ فَقَالَ أَلَا تَأْكُلُونَ · مَا لَكُمْ لَا تَنطِقُونَ · فَرَاغَ عَلَيْهِمْ ضَرْبًۢا بِٱلْيَمِينِ
Fa-rāgha ilā ālihatihim fa-qāla alā taʾkulūn · Mā lakum lā tanṭiqūn · Fa-rāgha ʿalayhim ḍarban bi'l-yamīn
"Then he slipped away to their gods and said: 'Will you not eat? What is the matter with you, that you do not speak?' Then he turned upon them, striking with his right hand."
رَاغَ — and its link with al-Dhāriyāt
Rāgha — root ر-و-غ. The root was analysed in detail at al-Dhāriyāt 51/26 (fa-rāgha ilā ahlihi fa-jāʾa bi-ʿijlin samīn) and I do not repeat it.
The definition there: to draw aside quietly, without being noticed; to slip off by changing direction. Rāgha'th-thaʿlab — the fox fled by turning aside; murāwagha — to dodge, to turn by feinting.
And what must be recorded here is this: the same verb, the same prophet, two different sūras, two different pieces of work — and twice in al-Ṣāffāt.
| Place | Expression | To where / to whom | For what |
|---|---|---|---|
| Al-Dhāriyāt 51/26 | fa-rāgha ilā ahlihi | To his household | To prepare food for the guests |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/91 | fa-rāgha ilā ālihatihim | To their gods | To speak / to call to account |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/93 | fa-rāgha ʿalayhim | Upon them | To strike |
This is a fact that can be verified from the text, and in all three occurrences the shared feature of the verb is the same: a movement made quietly, without notice.
In the section on al-Dhāriyāt its counterpart in the etiquette of hospitality was recorded: the host does not say "I will prepare food for you", he goes out without notice. Here the same fineness works in the opposite direction: the people have gone, Abraham has stayed behind, and without notice to anyone he enters the house of idols.
And one of the finest points of word order in the sūra is here. The same verb takes two different prepositions two verses apart:
| Verse | Expression | Preposition | Its sense |
|---|---|---|---|
| 91 | fa-rāgha ilā ālihatihim | إِلَىٰ — direction toward | He slipped toward them |
| 93 | fa-rāgha ʿalayhim | عَلَىٰ — over, upon | He came upon them |
In Arabic ilā announces going in a direction, ʿalā going up onto / coming upon a thing. The same verb, that is, passes from speaking to striking between two verses, and the passage is marked only by the preposition.
This question sits in a context: food being set before the idols. The verse does not say this openly, but the question requires it. I write no more than that.
And at al-Dhāriyāt 51/27 the same sentence had occurred — but there Abraham said it to his guests: fa-qarrabahu ilayhim qāla alā taʾkulūn. The same sentence, the same person, two different addressees.
| Place | To whom alā taʾkulūn is said | The answer |
|---|---|---|
| Al-Dhāriyāt 51/27 | To the guests (angels) | They do not eat — and Abraham is afraid (51/28) |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/91 | To the idols | They do not eat — and Abraham strikes |
This is one of the most striking overlaps of wording between the two sūras and is entirely a textual datum. I record this as my own reading: in both places the same sentence marks the moment of an expectation going unmet. But the outcome is opposite: in the one fear, in the other action.
And the mā lakum mould occurs for the third time in the sūra (25, 92, 154). It was given above in a table. This occurrence stands in the middle of the three and is the only one of the questions directed at the side that is served.
I record this as my own reading: in the twenty-fifth verse the deniers were asked "why do you not help one another?"; in the ninety-second their gods are asked "why do you not speak?" Both questions show an inability to function and both go unanswered. The sūra applies the same method both to the one who serves and to what is served.
Ḍarb — root ض-ر-ب: to strike. And the word is in the accusative, in the position of a cognate accusative: it reinforces the verb.
A point of word order: fa-rāgha ʿalayhim ḍarban — the grammarians count ḍarban either as the cognate accusative of rāgha (attached to an elided verb yaḍribu) or as a circumstantial. Both solutions are transmitted; the sense does not change.
| Verse | Expression | Who | Its sense |
|---|---|---|---|
| 28 | taʾtūnanā ʿani'l-yamīn | The deniers (to one another) | Disputed — the table was given above |
| 93 | ḍarban bi'l-yamīn | Abraham | Disputed — below |
The same word, the same sūra, two different prepositions (ʿan / bi), two different disagreements. This is a textual datum.
| View | What bi'l-yamīn means | Ground |
|---|---|---|
| With the right hand | Physical: he struck with his right hand | The most widespread sense of the word; the right hand is the strong hand for striking |
| With force | Yamīn in the sense of strength (al-Ḥāqqa 69/45) | The second branch of the root |
| By an oath / because of a vow | He struck as required by an oath he had sworn earlier | At al-Anbiyāʾ 21/57 it is transmitted that Abraham said wa ta'llāhi la-akīdanna aṣnāmakum; this may be tied to that verse |
All three are transmitted in the classical sources. The third view has an intra-Qurʾānic ground, and this is worth noting; but the verse does not set up such a link here. I do not impose a preference.
And a note as my own reading: the first and the second sense do not exclude one another — in Arabic yamīn means the right hand precisely because it is the "strong hand". The third sense, however, requires a separate piece of information, and the text does not give it.
فَأَقْبَلُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ يَزِفُّونَ · قَالَ أَتَعْبُدُونَ مَا تَنْحِتُونَ · وَٱللَّهُ خَلَقَكُمْ وَمَا تَعْمَلُونَ · قَالُوا۟ ٱبْنُوا۟ لَهُۥ بُنْيَٰنًا فَأَلْقُوهُ فِى ٱلْجَحِيمِ · فَأَرَادُوا۟ بِهِۦ كَيْدًا فَجَعَلْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْأَسْفَلِينَ
Fa-aqbalū ilayhi yaziffūn · Qāla a-taʿbudūna mā tanḥitūn · Wa'llāhu khalaqakum wa mā taʿmalūn · Qālū'bnū lahu bunyānan fa-alqūhu fi'l-jaḥīm · Fa-arādū bihi kaydan fa-jaʿalnāhumu'l-asfalīn
"They came hurrying toward him. He said: 'Do you serve what you yourselves carve? When God created you and what you make.' They said: 'Build him a structure and cast him into the blaze.' They wanted a plot against him; and We made them the lowest."
Root ز-ف-ف. And the concrete picture of the word is worth noting: the running of the ostrich — going fast with its wings spread, half flying and half running. Zaffa'ẓ-ẓalīm — the ostrich went fast.
From the same root zifāf is the leading of a bride to the bridegroom's house — the Turkish word zifaf ("the bridal night") comes from this root. The link the lexicographers make: in both there is a fast, collective leading.
And a variant reading is transmitted: yaziffūn (Form I) and yuziffūn (Form IV). In the second the sense becomes "urging one another on" or "urging their camels on". The sense does not change markedly; I give no reciter's name.
And the contrast with the ninetieth verse was given above in a table: they had turned away and gone (mudbirīn), now they come back hurrying (aqbalū). The sūra shows the same community twice, in two opposite directions.
Naḥata — root ن-ح-ت. This root is analysed here for the first time in this commentary. Its sense: to give shape to a hard material (stone, wood) by carving. Nuḥāta — the chips that fall in carving; manḥūt — carved.
The Qurʾān uses the root of Thamūd too: wa tanḥitūna mina'l-jibāli buyūtan fārihīn (al-Shuʿarāʾ 26/149) and kānū yanḥitūna mina'l-jibāli buyūtan āminīn (al-Ḥijr 15/82).
And the choice of the verb carries the whole proof — I record it as my own reading: Abraham does not say "do you serve stone?" He says "do you serve what you carve?" What is brought forward, that is, is not the material of the object but whose hand it came from. The centre of the proof is not in the material but in the making.
And the verb is imperfect: tanḥitūn — "you carve". The work is not finished, then, but going on. What is served is still in production.
And there are two readings of the mā in the last word of this sentence. This is one of the classical questions of the Arabic language, and I give it in a table.
| Reading | What mā is | The sense of the sentence | Ground |
|---|---|---|---|
| Relative (mawṣūla) | "the thing that you…" | "God created you and the things you make (the idols you carve)" | In the preceding verse mā tanḥitūn is relative in the same way; that the two mās do the same work is consistent in point of word order |
| Verbal-noun (maṣdariyya) | "your making" | "God created you and your making (your act, your work)" | In Arabic mā is also used as a verbal-noun particle; wa mā taʿmalūn = wa ʿamalakum |
Both readings are transmitted by the grammarians, and both have been defended in the classical commentaries.
And a note is required — per the method (Method): this verse has stood at the centre of a long dispute in theology. The second reading (verbal-noun) has been counted one of the grounds of that dispute. That dispute is not entered into in this commentary — because the matter stands here as a matter of language, and both readings are linguistically possible.
What can be recorded in point of word order is this, and it is not a ruling: in the ninety-fifth verse mā tanḥitūn is plainly relative ("what you carve"). The mā taʿmalūn of the ninety-sixth comes immediately after it and is in the same mould. That the two verses come one after another gives the first reading an ease in point of word order. This does not eliminate the second reading.
And the proof itself arrives at the same place on either reading: both the maker and the made are created. What is created cannot serve what is created.
Wa'llāhu khalaqakum — a point of word order: the sentence begins with wāw, and the grammarians count this as the wāw of circumstance: "…you serve, when God created you." The sentence, that is, is not a separate piece of information but an objection set inside the question.
Abraham had asked two questions (95-96). No answer comes. Instead they give instructions to one another.
I record this as my own reading: in the ninety-second verse Abraham had asked the idols "why do you not speak?" In the ninety-seventh verse the people too give no answer to the question. Both sides do the same thing: not respond to a question. The sūra does not set up this parallel; I record it as an observation.
Ubnū lahu bunyānan — the verb and the object are from the same root (ب-ن-ي). This is the third time in the sūra: qāla qāʾilun (51), yaʿmali'l-ʿāmilūn (61), ubnū … bunyānan (97). This is a countable linguistic fact.
Bunyān — a structure, a building. What it was is not said. In the classical commentaries it is said to be a furnace or a wall built for kindling a fire. The verse does not give it, and neither do I.
Fa-alqūhu fi'l-jaḥīm — "and cast him into the blaze". And the choice of word is worth noting: not nār (fire) but al-jaḥīm.
Al-jaḥīm occurs for the sixth time in the sūra (23, 55, 64, 68, 97, 163). And this is the only place where the word is used of a fire in this world.
I record this as my own reading, and it is not binding: throughout the sūra al-jaḥīm is the name of the punishment of the hereafter. In the ninety-seventh verse the same word is used for a fire kindled by a human community. Human beings, that is, set up with their own hands a thing bearing the name of the punishment of the hereafter — and in the next verse its outcome comes: fa-jaʿalnāhumu'l-asfalīn.
Alqū — root ل-ق-ي, Form IV: to cast. The root was treated in detail in Qāf, and it was given there in a table that the same root is used in that sūra in four different pieces of work (alqaynā, yatalaqqā, alqiyā, alqa's-samʿ). And alqiyā fī jahannam there stands in the same field as this verse.
Kayd — root ك-ي-د: to lay a scheme in secret in order to do harm. The root was treated in detail at al-Ṭāriq 86/15-16 (innahum yakīdūna kaydā · wa akīdu kaydā). I rely on that treatment.
And the word order of arādū bihi kaydan is worth noting: kayd comes indefinite and is the object of the verb arāda. "They wanted a plot" — the intention is emphasised, that is, not the plot itself.
As my own reading: the verse does not say "they laid a plot" but "they wanted to lay a plot". And immediately after it gives the outcome. What happened to the fire, what happened to Abraham, is not recounted in between. The Qurʾān recounts this elsewhere (al-Anbiyāʾ 21/69). Here it is not recounted, and I do not add it.
Al-asfalīn — root س-ف-ل: to be low. Sifla — the lower side; asfal — the lowest. In the Qurʾān: thumma radadnāhu asfala sāfilīn (al-Tīn 95/5) — treated in al-Tīn.
| Verse | What they wanted to do | What they became |
|---|---|---|
| 97 | ubnū lahu bunyānan — to raise a structure | — |
| 98 | — | jaʿalnāhumu'l-asfalīn — the lowest |
They wanted to raise; they fell low. And both words are on the axis of height and lowness: bunyān (a structure, a thing raised) and asfal (the lowest). This is a contrast read off the choice of words.
And a comparison with the other sections of the sequence: in the Noah section the other side is named with the verb aghraqnā (We drowned), in the Lot section with dammarnā (We razed). In the Abraham section there is not destruction but being brought low. The people are not wiped out; their position is changed. This is the one exception in the sequence, and it is countable from the text.
وَقَالَ إِنِّى ذَاهِبٌ إِلَىٰ رَبِّى سَيَهْدِينِ · رَبِّ هَبْ لِى مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ · فَبَشَّرْنَٰهُ بِغُلَٰمٍ حَلِيمٍ
Wa qāla innī dhāhibun ilā rabbī sa-yahdīn · Rabbi hab lī mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn · Fa-bashsharnāhu bi-ghulāmin ḥalīm
"And he said: 'I am going to my Lord; He will guide me. My Lord, grant me [a child] from among the righteous.' So We gave him the good news of a forbearing boy."
A point of word order, and an important one: innī dhāhibun — a nominal sentence and an active participle. Sa-adhhabu (I shall go) or adhhabu (I am going) could have been said.
In Arabic the active participle announces the act in its settled state, become an attribute of the person. Not "I shall go", then, but "I am one who goes" — the decision is made, the matter is settled.
Dhāhibun ilā rabbī — "I am going to my Lord". And a note is required on the expression: the sentence announces a change of place, but the place to be reached is given not by the name of a place but by an attribution. Elsewhere the Qurʾān names this as a migration: innī muhājirun ilā rabbī (al-ʿAnkabūt 29/26).
What is said, that is, is not the place gone to but the direction gone in. This accords with the Qurʾān's choice not to give a place name, and no place name is given in this commentary either.
Sa-yahdīn — "He will guide me". And the yāʾ at the end of the verb has dropped: sa-yahdīn, not sa-yahdīnī. This is for the sake of the verse-ending and is a widespread usage in the Qurʾān. In the section on Qāf the same fact was recorded for the word waʿīd.
| Verse | Expression | Who | Direction |
|---|---|---|---|
| 23 | fa'hdūhum ilā ṣirāṭi'l-jaḥīm | The wrongdoers | To the blaze |
| 99 | sa-yahdīn | Abraham | To his Lord |
| 118 | wa hadaynāhuma'ṣ-ṣirāṭa'l-mustaqīm | Moses and Aaron | To the straight path |
I record this as my own reading: Abraham does not say "I know the way", he says "He will guide me". When he makes the decision, that is, he does not know the point of arrival. The ground of the decision is not knowledge but trust.
And this is one of the most striking points of word order in the sūra: an object is missing from the sentence.
Hab lī mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn — "grant me … from among the righteous". What he is asking to be granted is not said.
The grammarians count this as an ellipsis and complete the elided word as waladan (a child) or ghulāman (a boy). The completion comes from the next verse: fa-bashsharnāhu bi-ghulāmin ḥalīm.
I record this as my own reading: the prayer does not name the thing asked for; it names the quality of the thing asked for. Not "give me a son" but "give me from among the righteous". At the centre of the request, that is, is not a being but an attribute.
Wahaba — root و-ه-ب: to give without return, to bestow. Hiba — a thing given without return. At the centre of the word is the absence of return: not a sale, not a reward, but a gift.
Ṣāliḥ — root ص-ل-ح: a thing's being free of defect, serviceable, sound. Its opposite is fasād (corruption). The root was analysed in al-Baqara.
And the word will occur once more in the sūra: wa bashsharnāhu bi-Isḥāqa nabiyyan mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn (112). The attribute asked for in the prayer (to be of the righteous), that is, will be plainly given to Isaac in the hundred and twelfth verse. This is a link that can be verified from the text.
Bashshara — root ب-ش-ر, Form II. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/28 (wa bashsharūhu bi-ghulāmin ʿalīm) and in ʿAbasa.
The note there: the original sense of the root is connected with bashara (skin) — good news is the report that changes the skin of a person's face. And the root can be used both for good and for bad news; the Qurʾān uses it for bad news too (fa-bashshirhum bi-ʿadhābin alīm).
Ghulām — a male child approaching or newly come to maturity. The word had occurred at al-Ṭūr 52/24 (ghilmānun lahum).
Two annunciations are given to Abraham in the Qurʾān, and al-Ṣāffāt contains both. Their attributes differ:
| Verse | The good news | Attribute | Root |
|---|---|---|---|
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/101 | bi-ghulāmin ḥalīm | Ḥalīm — forbearing | ح-ل-م |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/112 | bi-Isḥāqa nabiyyan mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn | A prophet, righteous — and by name | — |
| Al-Dhāriyāt 51/28 | bi-ghulāmin ʿalīm | ʿAlīm — knowing | ع-ل-م |
| Al-Ḥijr 15/53 | bi-ghulāmin ʿalīm | ʿAlīm | ع-ل-م |
The good news of a ghulāmin ʿalīm (a knowing boy), then, occurs in two places in the Qurʾān, while the good news of a ghulāmin ḥalīm (a forbearing boy) occurs only here.
This difference is one of the grounds of the question of "which son", which I shall take up below, and it will be set in the table there.
Ḥalīm — root ح-ل-م. And the sense of the word is worth noting: not to be hasty where one has reason to be angry, to have command of oneself, to be steady. Ḥilm — to be patient and gentle; its opposite is safah (lightness, thoughtlessness).
The Qurʾān uses the word of Abraham himself too: inna Ibrāhīma la-awwāhun ḥalīm (al-Tawba 9/114) and inna Ibrāhīma la-ḥalīmun awwāhun munīb (Hūd 11/75). The attribute used of the father, that is, is used of the son as well. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
And I record this as my own reading: the attribute ḥalīm is exactly the attribute required for the scene that will take place in the hundred and second verse. Steadiness, not being hasty, not growing angry — this is precisely the answer the child will give. The attribute is given one verse before the scene.
فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ مَعَهُ ٱلسَّعْىَ قَالَ يَٰبُنَىَّ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰ فِى ٱلْمَنَامِ أَنِّىٓ أَذْبَحُكَ فَٱنظُرْ مَاذَا تَرَىٰ ۚ قَالَ يَٰٓأَبَتِ ٱفْعَلْ مَا تُؤْمَرُ ۖ سَتَجِدُنِىٓ إِن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ
Fa-lammā balagha maʿahu's-saʿya qāla yā bunayya innī arā fi'l-manāmi annī adhbaḥuka fa'nẓur mādhā tarā. Qāla yā abati'fʿal mā tuʾmar, sa-tajidunī in shāʾa'llāhu mina'ṣ-ṣābirīn
"When he reached the age of walking about with him, he said: 'My dear son, I see in my sleep that I am sacrificing you; look, then, what do you say?' He said: 'My dear father, do what you are commanded. God willing, you will find me among the steadfast.'"
And this construction occurs only here in the Qurʾān. It announces the child's age not by a number but by a verb.
Balagha — root ب-ل-غ: to reach a place, to arrive. Bulūgh — reaching. The root was treated at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/56 (mā hum bi-bālighīh) and 40/67 (li-tablughū ashuddakum).
Saʿy — root س-ع-ي. The root was treated at al-Nāziʿāt 79/22 (thumma adbara yasʿā), in al-Layl and at al-Najm 53/39 (wa an laysa li'l-insāni illā mā saʿā). I rely on those treatments.
The definition there: the original picture of the root is to walk fast — not to run, but faster than an ordinary walk. And the word takes its sense of "to work, to strive" from this: to go quickly to and fro for a task.
And the structure of the construction is worth noting: balagha maʿahu's-saʿya — "he reached [the age of] walking with him".
A point of word order: the expression maʿahu (with him) has come between balagha and al-saʿy. What is reached, that is, is not "walking" but "walking with him".
| Explanation | What the age of saʿy means |
|---|---|
| The age of being able to walk with his father | The child can now travel beside his father; he need not be carried separately |
| The age of being able to work with his father | The sense of saʿy as "work": the child is in a state to help his father in his labour |
| Approaching maturity | The threshold of leaving childhood |
All three are transmitted and do not exclude one another. I give no number for the age — the verse gives none, and the numbers in the classical sources do not agree.
I record this as my own reading: at the centre of the construction is being together. The child is now someone who can walk beside his father. And at exactly this point what is asked of the father is to bring that togetherness to an end. The time of the scene is the first moment at which the child can be a companion to his father. This is an explanation, not a ruling.
Bunayy — the diminutive (taṣghīr) of the word ibn (son). And in Arabic the diminutive does not always announce smallness; most often it announces tenderness and love.
And that the word is set here is worth noting — as my own reading: the content of the sentence is the harshest thing there is, while the address is in the gentlest form. This tension between what is said and the way of saying it is read off the word order.
And the child's answer is in the same mould: yā abati — "my dear father". Both sides address one another with the warmest form of address. This is a countable linguistic fact.
Arā — imperfect: "I see". And that the verb is imperfect is worth recording: not raʾaytu (I saw). In Arabic the imperfect can announce continuance or repetition.
In the classical commentaries it is said on this basis that the dream was seen more than once. The verse does not say this openly; the imperfect is open to such a reading but does not require it. I issue no ruling.
Al-manām — root ن-و-م: sleep. A noun of place / a maṣdar mīmī: the state of sleep, the place where one sleeps. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/17 (mā yahjaʿūn) with a different word.
Adhbaḥuka — root ذ-ب-ح. The root was analysed at al-Baqara 2/67-71. The note there: the lexicographers record that the original picture of the root is "to split", and that slaughtering is the splitting of the throat.
And the verb is imperfect: "I am sacrificing you". The scene within the dream is recounted in the present.
And a note is required: the verse does not transmit an instruction in the imperative. It does not say "I have been commanded to sacrifice you"; it says "I see in my sleep that I am sacrificing you". The word "command" will occur in the child's answer: ifʿal mā tuʾmar.
This difference is read off the text and has been one of the grounds of the discussion of the status of a prophet's dream in the classical commentaries. I do not enter that discussion in this commentary; what I record is a datum of word order: the father transmits a dream, the son names it as a command.
| Expression | Who | Its sense |
|---|---|---|
| innī arā fi'l-manām | The father | To see in a dream |
| mādhā tarā | The son | To state an opinion / a judgement |
The same verb, one in sleep and one awake. This is a linguistic fact that can be verified from the text.
A variant reading is transmitted: mādhā tarā (active: what do you see) and mādhā turā (passive: what is shown to you / what is seen). I give no reciter's name. On the second reading the question becomes gentler still: "what appears to you?"
1. He announces the command / the dream — innī arā fi'l-manāmi annī adhbaḥuk. 2. He asks for an opinion — fa'nẓur mādhā tarā.
And these two appear to conflict: if this is a command, what place has consultation? If he is consulting, is the command certain?
| Explanation | What it says |
|---|---|
| He consults not about the command but about submission | Whether the command will be carried out is not asked; what is asked is how the child will bear it. The question is directed not at the command itself but at the child's state |
| To prepare the child | To give notice instead of acting suddenly; to make the child a partner in what is to happen |
| To obtain the child's consent | For the command to be carried out the child's submission was needed as well; verse 103 says aslamā (the two of them submitted) — in the dual |
| The testing of his patience | The trial is not the father's alone; verse 106 says al-balāʾu'l-mubīn and does not name whose it is |
But one datum of word order is certain and must be recorded: the verb of the hundred and third verse is dual — fa-lammā aslamā ("when the two of them submitted"). The text, that is, attributes the submission not to one person but to both. This shows from within the text that the consultation was not idle.
And as my own reading I record this: the sentence fa'nẓur mādhā tarā adds a partner to the command. The command came to the father; but the person who is the subject of the command is also brought into the process. And this changes the moral weight of the scene: the child becomes not the object of the command but a party to it.
Yā abati — "my dear father". The final tāʾ is a transformation of the possessive yāʾ (my): yā abī → yā abati. In Arabic this is a form of address announcing tenderness and respect.
And the point of word order is sharp: the child does not say ifʿal mā raʾayta ("do what you saw"); he says ifʿal mā tuʾmar ("do what you are commanded").
The father spoke of a dream, that is, and the child named it a command. This is a fact that can be verified from the text and was recorded above as well.
Tuʾmar — root أ-م-ر, passive: "you are commanded". The name of the one who commands is not said. The passive hides the agent, but it is plain.
I record this as my own reading: the child does not name himself at all in the sentence. He does not say "sacrifice me"; he says "do what you are commanded". He does not even name himself as the object of the command; he defines the matter as his father's obligation. And then he adds his own share.
And a point of word order: the child does not say sa-aṣbiru ("I shall be patient"). He says "you will find me among the steadfast". He passes no judgement on himself, that is; he announces what his father will see.
I record this as my own reading: the sentence transfers the claim from the first person to the second. "I am patient" would have been a boast; "you will find me patient" is an undertaking, and its verification is left to the other party.
In shāʾa'llāh — "God willing". And the place of this qualification is worth noting: the child ties his word to a condition. He does not rest his own patience on his own strength.
The Qurʾān commands this qualification separately: wa lā taqūlanna li-shayʾin innī fāʿilun dhālika ghadā · illā an yashāʾa'llāh (al-Kahf 18/23-24).
Al-ṣābirīn — root ص-ب-ر. The root was treated at al-Qalam 68/48 and in Qāf. The note there: the concrete sense of the root is "to hold a thing in a place, to confine it" — patience is not passive endurance but an active holding back.
And the word order here too uses the mould of the group: mina'ṣ-ṣābirīn — "among the steadfast". This preference (placing the person in a group), seen in other parts of the sūra too, was recorded in the section on verses eighty and eighty-one.
فَلَمَّآ أَسْلَمَا وَتَلَّهُۥ لِلْجَبِينِ · وَنَٰدَيْنَٰهُ أَن يَٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُ · قَدْ صَدَّقْتَ ٱلرُّءْيَآ ۚ إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ · إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْبَلَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱلْمُبِينُ · وَفَدَيْنَٰهُ بِذِبْحٍ عَظِيمٍ
Fa-lammā aslamā wa tallahu li'l-jabīn · Wa nādaynāhu an yā Ibrāhīm · Qad ṣaddaqta'r-ruʾyā, innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn · Inna hādhā la-huwa'l-balāʾu'l-mubīn · Wa fadaynāhu bi-dhibḥin ʿaẓīm
"When the two of them had submitted and he had laid him down upon his temple — We called out to him: 'Abraham! You have fulfilled the dream. Thus do We requite those who do good. This was indeed the plain trial.' And We ransomed him with a great sacrifice."
The text attributes the submission, that is, not to one person but to both. This is the counterpart of the consultation in the hundred and second verse: the father asked, the son answered, and the two of them submitted together.
And the root س-ل-م does its fourth piece of work in the sūra here. It was given above in a table (in the section on verse 84). What is to be added here: the mustaslimūn of the twenty-sixth verse (those who surrender perforce) and the aslamā here (those who submit willingly) are two opposite states from the same root. This is a contrast that can be verified from the text.
Lammā — "when". In Arabic it announces a temporal condition and requires an apodosis. And there is a dispute of word order over the apodosis here:
| Solution | What the apodosis of lammā is |
|---|---|
| Elided | The apodosis is not stated; its supplied sense is something like "…when they did so, the thing happened / something great happened". Most of the grammarians prefer this |
| Verse 104 | Wa nādaynāhu — the wāw is counted redundant and it is made the apodosis |
Both solutions are transmitted. And the first is worth noting in point of sense — as my own reading: that the apodosis is not stated shows that the scene is cut off at exactly that point. What happened is not recounted.
The sense the lexicographers give: to throw someone to the ground, to lay him down, to tip him face down. Tall — a mound, a heap of earth. The link the lexicographers make: talla is to lay someone out on the earth (the mound). I give this link as a transmission.
The sense the lexicographers give: jabīn is the side of the forehead — the region where the temple meets the brow. A person has two jabīns (right and left); the flat region in the middle is called jabha (the forehead).
From the same root jubn — cowardice. The lexicographers make the link thus: the colour and expression of the face of one who fears change. I give this link as a transmission; I issue no firm ruling.
The verse does not say "he laid him down"; it says "he laid him down upon his temple". That means the face is turned to the side.
And this has a single consequence: the meeting of eyes is broken off. If you lay a person on his back his face turns toward you; if you turn him to the side, it does not. The word announces that a mutual gaze has been broken.
I do not present this as a claim of intent; what I record is that the word is temple (jabīn) and not forehead (jabha), and this is a choice that can be verified from the text.
| What is given | What is not given |
|---|---|
| The submission of the two | What they said |
| The act of laying down | What the knife did |
| The call (104) | How much time passed |
| The ransom (107) | How the scene ended |
I record this as my own reading: the telling is cut off at the peak of the event and never recounts what came after. The hundred and fourth verse passes straight to the voice. The reader, that is, is left at the most strained moment of the scene, and that moment is never completed.
And this is a fact noticed in the classical period as well: that the apodosis of lammā is elided is the solution most of the grammarians prefer, and its ground is exactly this — what is not said is heavier than anything that could be said.
In this commentary that gap is not filled. The details recounted in the classical sources about the knife, the manner of the laying down, the words spoken, are of isrāʾīliyyāt origin and are not transmitted.
Nādaynā — root ن-د-و/ن-د-ي. Its link with the seventy-fifth verse was given above in a table: Noah called upon us; to Abraham We called out.
An — here the explicative an (an tafsīriyya). The grammarians render it "that is": it comes after a verb of speaking and opens the content of the utterance. "We called out to him — that is: Abraham!"
And note: he is called by name. This is the only place in the sūra's sequence of prophets where a prophet's name is called out directly in address. This is a fact countable from the text.
| Verse | Expression | Who | What he holds true |
|---|---|---|---|
| 37 | wa ṣaddaqa'l-mursalīn | The Prophet | The messengers |
| 52 | la-mina'l-muṣaddiqīn | (The qarīn's mockery) | The resurrection |
| 105 | qad ṣaddaqta'r-ruʾyā | Abraham | The dream |
And the sense of the verb is worth noting here — as my own reading: taṣdīq is not merely to count a word true; it is to make it come true. In Arabic ṣaddaqa'l-waʿda means "he fulfilled his promise". "You have confirmed the dream", then, means "you have made real what the dream said".
Al-ruʾyā — root ر-أ-ي: what is seen in sleep. And the expression arā fi'l-manām of the hundred and second verse is here reduced to a single word: al-ruʾyā.
And there is a note in the word order: the verse does not say "you have carried out the command"; it says "you have fulfilled the dream". The name of the thing in question remains dream. This is consistent with the distinction recorded in the hundred and second verse: the father spoke of a dream, the son said command, the text says dream.
The mould normally comes at the end of the account (80, 110, 121, 131). Here it comes in the middle of the account — and the account has not yet ended (the ransom will be given in verse 107, Isaac announced in 112).
| Prophet | Where the mould is |
|---|---|
| Noah | 80 — at the end of the account |
| Abraham | 105 (in the middle) and 110 (at the end) — twice |
| Moses-Aaron | 121 — at the end |
| Elijah | 131 — at the end |
I record this as my own reading, and it is not binding: the placing of the mould here shows that the reward is given before the ransom. The requital, that is, is not tied to the sacrifice's taking place; it is tied to the submission itself. And the ransom in the hundred and seventh verse becomes not the reward itself but an addition that comes after it.
The word order again has three reinforcements: inna + lām + huwa (ḍamīr al-faṣl). Exactly the same structure as the sixtieth verse: inna hādhā la-huwa'l-fawzu'l-ʿaẓīm.
| Verse | Sentence | Subject |
|---|---|---|
| 60 | inna hādhā la-huwa'l-fawzu'l-ʿaẓīm | The great triumph |
| 106 | inna hādhā la-huwa'l-balāʾu'l-mubīn | The plain trial |
Balāʾ — root ب-ل-و: to try, to test. And the root has two directions in Arabic, and both are used in the Qurʾān: balāʾ is testing both with favour and with hardship. The Qurʾān: wa nablūkum bi'sh-sharri wa'l-khayri fitna (al-Anbiyāʾ 21/35).
And the lexicographers record a second branch of sense: baliya — to wear out, to be worn. The link is made thus: a testing wears down the one tested. I give this link as a transmission.
Al-mubīn — root ب-ي-ن: plain, distinguishing. The word occurs five times in the sūra: 15 (siḥrun mubīn), 106 (here), 113 (ẓālimun li-nafsihi mubīn), 117 (al-kitāba'l-mustabīn — from the same root), 156 (sulṭānun mubīn).
| View | What hādhā points to |
|---|---|
| The trial itself | "This [event] was a plain trial" |
| The weight of the command | "This [command] was a plain testing" |
Both arrive at the same place. Moreover whose trial it was is not specified either — the father's, the son's, or both. The text does not specify and neither do I; but the dual verb in the hundred and third verse (aslamā) points to both.
Fadaynā — root ف-د-ي: to save someone by giving a substitute in his place. Fidya — a price of redemption; fidāʾ — a substitute. The root was treated at Muḥammad 47/4 (fa-immā mannan baʿdu wa immā fidāʾan) and at al-Maʿārij 70/11-14 (yawaddu'l-mujrimu law yaftadī min ʿadhābi yawmaʾidhin bi-banīh).
| Place | Who, whom, with what |
|---|---|
| Al-Maʿārij 70/11-14 | The guilty man wishes to give his sons as a ransom to save himself |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/107 | God gives a sacrificial ransom to save the son |
The two verses use the same root and the directions are exactly opposite. In the one a man wants to make his child the price; in the other a price is given for the child himself. Whether the text sets up this link cannot be said; the sharing of the root is a datum.
| Form | Pattern | Its sense |
|---|---|---|
| ذَبْح (dhabḥ) | Verbal noun | The act of slaughtering |
| ذِبْح (dhibḥ) | A noun (the fiʿl pattern) | The thing to be slaughtered — a sacrificial animal |
In Arabic the fiʿl pattern often announces "the thing that is the object of the act" (raqm — writing / riqm; ḥiml — a load). The verse, then, speaks not of an act but of an animal.
This is a linguistic datum and must be recorded: the verse does not say what it was (which animal), but by the pattern of the word it announces that a living creature is meant.
| View | In what respect ʿaẓīm |
|---|---|
| In respect of bulk | A large animal |
| In respect of worth | Its value is great — because a human being is saved in return for it |
| In respect of its source | That it was given directly by God |
| In respect of its outcome | That a practice remained lasting after it |
As my own reading I record only this: the sūra uses the attribute ʿaẓīm in two other places — al-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm (76, 115) and al-fawzu'l-ʿaẓīm (60). All three uses announce a scale: a great distress, a great triumph, a great sacrifice. This is a count of a word.
This is one of the oldest and most disputed questions of Qurʾānic exegesis. And what the text says must be written first.
Through al-Ṣāffāt 37/99-113 the child's name never occurs. This is certain and is a countable fact.
| Verse | How the child is named |
|---|---|
| 100 | mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn — from among the righteous (no name) |
| 101 | ghulāmin ḥalīm — a forbearing boy |
| 102 | yā bunayya — my dear son |
| 103 | tallahu — a pronoun |
| 107 | fadaynāhu — a pronoun |
| 112 | Isaac — plainly by name, and as a piece of good news |
In the sūra, then, only one name occurs, and that is given in the hundred and twelfth verse, after the scene of the sacrifice has ended.
| Ishmael (Ismāʿīl) | Isaac (Isḥāq) | |
|---|---|---|
| Ground of word order | Verse 112 names Isaac after the scene of the sacrifice and as a new piece of good news (wa bashsharnāhu bi-Isḥāq). If the one sacrificed had been Isaac, the same child would have had to be announced twice | The good news in verse 101 and that in verse 112 may be the same child; 112 may be counted the explanation of 101. In that case the whole section is about Isaac |
| Ground of attribute | In 101 ghulāmin ḥalīm, in 112 nabiyyan mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn — two different attributes, two different children | That the attributes differ does not require different persons |
| Intra-Qurʾānic indication | At al-Dhāriyāt 51/28 and al-Ḥijr 15/53 the good news given to Abraham is of ghulāmin ʿalīm, and Isaac is named there (plainly at Hūd 11/71: fa-bashsharnāhā bi-Isḥāqa wa min warāʾi Isḥāqa Yaʿqūb). In al-Ṣāffāt the attribute is ḥalīm — different | At Hūd 11/71 the good news is given to Abraham's wife, and after Isaac, Jacob (Yaʿqūb) is announced as well. It has been objected that a command to sacrifice a child whose grandson has been announced would produce a contradiction — but this objection is a difficulty for the Isaac view, not for the Ishmael view |
| Ground of transmission | A number of the early exegetes hold this view; in the later period the majority of Muslim scholars inclined to it | A significant number of the early exegetes hold this view; and it appears in reports attributed to the Companions and the Followers |
| Its weak side | The Qurʾān does not separately recount the birth of Ishmael as a piece of good news; that the good news in al-Ṣāffāt belongs to Ishmael is not established by a verse | The order of verse 112 is strained: that the same child should be announced again after the scene of the sacrifice requires explanation |
In the classical commentaries a great many reports belonging to the parties of this disagreement are transmitted. Some of these reports are of People of the Book origin, and the exegetes record this openly.
- I transmit no report with a name and a chain, because I am not in a position to assess them.
- I do not enter into isrāʾīliyyāt details — details such as a place name, an age, a date, the kind of the animal are not transmitted.
- I impose no preference.
The verse does not give a name. And the verse could have given a name — indeed it names Isaac in the hundred and twelfth verse, Elijah in the hundred and twenty-third, Lot in the hundred and thirty-third, Jonah in the hundred and thirty-ninth, each by name. This is a sūra that knows how to give names. That it does not give one in the scene of the sacrifice is a choice that can be read off the word order.
As my own reading — and it is not binding: at the centre of the section there is not a person but a situation. There are two parties in the scene and both are named by an attribute: the son who is ḥalīm and the father who fulfils the dream. When no name is given the reader enters the scene; when a name is given the scene closes into a history. This is an explanation; the verse gives no ground.
This disagreement will also be recorded in the table of "disagreements where no preference is adopted" in the section The sūra as a whole.
وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرِينَ · سَلَٰمٌ عَلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ · كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ · إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ · وَبَشَّرْنَٰهُ بِإِسْحَٰقَ نَبِيًّا مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ · وَبَٰرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ وَعَلَىٰٓ إِسْحَٰقَ ۚ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِمَا مُحْسِنٌ وَظَالِمٌ لِّنَفْسِهِۦ مُبِينٌ
Wa taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn · Salāmun ʿalā Ibrāhīm · Kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn · Innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn · Wa bashsharnāhu bi-Isḥāqa nabiyyan mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn · Wa bāraknā ʿalayhi wa ʿalā Isḥāq, wa min dhurriyyatihimā muḥsinun wa ẓālimun li-nafsihi mubīn
"And We left upon him, among those who came after: 'Peace be upon Abraham.' Thus do We requite those who do good. He was one of Our believing servants. And We gave him the good news of Isaac, a prophet from among the righteous. And We blessed him and Isaac. And of the progeny of them both there is the one who does good and the one who plainly wrongs himself."
| Verse | Mould | Is innā present |
|---|---|---|
| 80 (Noah) | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Yes |
| 105 (Abraham, in the middle) | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Yes |
| 110 (Abraham, at the end) | kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | NO |
| 121 (Moses-Aaron) | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Yes |
| 131 (Elijah) | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | Yes |
This is a fact that can be verified from the text: in four of the five occurrences innā is present, in one it is not.
And the reason is not said in the verse. The explanations transmitted in the classical commentaries:
| Explanation | What it says |
|---|---|
| Avoidance of repetition | The same mould had occurred in its full form five verses earlier (105); at the second occurrence it is shortened |
| Verse-ending / rhythm | The verse comes shorter and changes the rhythm of the sequence |
| The place of the emphasis changes | With the innā reinforcement removed the sentence turns from an announcement into a rule |
But the first explanation is supported by a textual datum, and I record it: the only section in which the mould occurs twice is the Abraham section, and the shortening is there too. The repetition and the shortening are in the same section. This is a fact; it is not a claim of cause and effect.
A point of word order must be recorded: the verse says wa bashsharnāhu bi-Isḥāq — plainly by name. In the hundred and first verse it had said bi-ghulāmin ḥalīm — without a name and with an attribute.
| Verse | The good news | The naming |
|---|---|---|
| 101 | bi-ghulāmin ḥalīm | No name, an attribute |
| 112 | bi-Isḥāqa nabiyyan mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn | A name, and two attributes |
This is the most important ground of word order in the question of the sacrifice, and it was given in the table above. I do not repeat it.
| Root | Its sense |
|---|---|
| ن-ب-أ | Nabaʾ — weighty news. A nabī: one who brings news / of whom news is given |
| ن-ب-و | Nabwa — height. A nabī: one whose station has been raised |
The root ن-ب-أ was analysed in al-Nabaʾ. Both derivations are transmitted by the lexicographers; I issue no firm ruling.
Mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn — and the answer to the prayer. In the hundredth verse Abraham had said rabbi hab lī mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn. In the hundred and twelfth the same construction comes as the answer. This is a link that can be verified from the text and is one of the plainest instances of prayer and response in the sūra.
| Verse | Expression | Who |
|---|---|---|
| 100 | hab lī mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn | Abraham — the request |
| 112 | nabiyyan mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn | The text — the response |
Bāraka — root ب-ر-ك. And the concrete picture of the root is worth noting: birka — a pool, a gathering of water; baraka'l-baʿīr — the camel put its chest to the ground and knelt. The common denominator: to stay in a place, to accumulate.
Baraka, then, is not abundance but lastingness and continuance: a thing's staying in its place and increasing.
And the preposition ʿalā: bāraknā ʿalayhi — "We sent down blessing upon him". Not lahu (to him). ʿAlā announces a thing that comes from above and settles upon.
The two names are named separately: ʿalayhi wa ʿalā Isḥāq. The preposition is repeated — in Arabic this announces that the two parties are meant separately. The blessing, that is, is not shared but comes in two separate portions.
وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِمَا مُحْسِنٌ وَظَالِمٌ لِّنَفْسِهِۦ مُبِينٌ — and the most careful sentence in the sūra
| Side | Word | Root |
|---|---|---|
| The one | مُحْسِنٌ — one who does good | ح-س-ن |
| The other | ظَالِمٌ لِّنَفْسِهِۦ مُبِينٌ — one who plainly wrongs himself | ظ-ل-م |
Muḥsin is the word of the sūra's closing mould (najzi'l-muḥsinīn). The attribute occurring in the mould of reward, that is, is here given to a part of the line — not to all of it.
And this is the direct textual counterpart of a principle recorded in Method:
"A judgement is not built wholesale upon an ethnic or religious group; it is the attributes the verse describes, and whoever bears that attribute is included in it."
The verse does exactly this. Descent from a prophet gives no attribute; the attribute belongs to individual persons.
I record this as my own reading: the placing of the verse here is meaningful in point of word order. A moment ago two names were blessed; immediately after, it is said that blessing does not pass automatically to the line. With the two sentences side by side, the second draws the limit of the first.
Ẓalama — root ظ-ل-م: to put a thing somewhere other than its place. The root was analysed in al-Baqara. The note there: the original sense of the root is not "injustice" but displacement.
And the qualification li-nafsihi accords exactly with this root: one who wrongs himself is one who has put himself out of the place he ought to be in.
Mubīn — "plainly". The attribute belongs to ẓālim and comes last. The wrong is not hidden, then; it is visible.
| Verse | Muḥsin | Ẓālim |
|---|---|---|
| 80, 105, 110, 121, 131 | In the closing mould | — |
| 22 | — | uḥshuru'lladhīna ẓalamū |
| 63 | — | fitnatan li'ẓ-ẓālimīn |
| 113 | Both in the same sentence | Both in the same sentence |
After using the two attributes separately, the sūra joins them in a single sentence in the last verse of the Abraham section. This is a countable fact.
وَلَقَدْ مَنَنَّا عَلَىٰ مُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ · وَنَجَّيْنَٰهُمَا وَقَوْمَهُمَا مِنَ ٱلْكَرْبِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ · وَنَصَرْنَٰهُمْ فَكَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْغَٰلِبِينَ · وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُمَا ٱلْكِتَٰبَ ٱلْمُسْتَبِينَ · وَهَدَيْنَٰهُمَا ٱلصِّرَٰطَ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَ · وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِمَا فِى ٱلْءَاخِرِينَ · سَلَٰمٌ عَلَىٰ مُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ · إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ · إِنَّهُمَا مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
Wa laqad manannā ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn · Wa najjaynāhumā wa qawmahumā mina'l-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm · Wa naṣarnāhum fa-kānū humu'l-ghālibīn · Wa ātaynāhuma'l-kitāba'l-mustabīn · Wa hadaynāhuma'ṣ-ṣirāṭa'l-mustaqīm · Wa taraknā ʿalayhimā fi'l-ākhirīn · Salāmun ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn · Innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn · Innahumā min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn
"And We bestowed favour upon Moses and Aaron. We saved them both and their people from the great distress. We helped them, and they were the ones who prevailed. We gave them both the Book that makes all clear and guided them both to the straight path. And We left upon them both, among those who came after: 'Peace be upon Moses and Aaron.' Thus do We requite those who do good. They were both of Our believing servants."
| Verse | The dual element |
|---|---|
| 114 | ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn |
| 115 | najjaynāhumā wa qawmahumā |
| 117 | ātaynāhumā |
| 118 | hadaynāhumā |
| 119 | ʿalayhimā |
| 120 | ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn |
| 122 | innahumā |
And the one exception is the hundred and sixteenth verse: wa naṣarnāhum — plural. Because there the people are included as well.
This is a fact of word order that can be verified from the text and is worth noting: in a section of nine verses, eight duals and one plural. And the plural comes precisely in the verse of help (naṣr) — the help, that is, is not to the two but to the community.
I record this as my own reading: the Qurʾān constantly names Aaron beside Moses, and al-Ṣāffāt is one of the sūras that does this most consistently. In the section not one act done by Moses alone is recounted.
| Branch | Its sense |
|---|---|
| To grant a favour | Manna ʿalayhi — he bestowed a favour on him |
| To hold a gift over someone | Mann — to throw what one gave in another's face (al-Baqara 2/264) |
And the original picture the lexicographers record: mann is to cut a thing. Mannahu — he cut it. The link is made thus: a favour is a portion cut off from something and given; holding a gift over another cuts the bond of the favour. I give this link as a transmission.
And when the opening moulds of the sequence are looked at, this section is seen to have the same structure as the Noah section:
| Prophet | Opening | Structure |
|---|---|---|
| Noah (75) | wa laqad nādānā Nūḥun | wa laqad + verb |
| Moses-Aaron (114) | wa laqad manannā ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn | wa laqad + verb |
And the direction of the verbs is opposite: in the Noah section the subject is the prophet (he called), in the Moses section the subject is God (We bestowed). This is the one change of direction in the sequence, and it is countable.
The construction was analysed in the seventy-sixth verse (Noah) and a table was given there. I do not repeat it.
The only thing to be added here: those saved here are saved together with their people. In the Noah section those saved were wa ahlahu (his household). This is a countable difference:
| Prophet | Who is saved |
|---|---|
| Noah (76) | wa ahlahu — his household |
| Moses-Aaron (115) | wa qawmahumā — their people |
| Lot (134) | wa ahlahu ajmaʿīn — his whole household |
Three sections, three different extents. And the Moses section is the only one in which the whole of the people is saved.
And a point the lexicographers record: one of the concrete senses of the root is rain's coming to the aid — naṣara'l-ghaythu'l-arḍa — the rain came to the aid of the earth. Help is like water coming to parched soil.
A point of word order: fa-kānū hum al-ghālibīn — the pronoun hum between, the ḍamīr al-faṣl. The same structure was present in the seventy-seventh verse: jaʿalnā dhurriyyatahu hum al-bāqīn. The sūra uses this mould twice, and in both it sets up a ḥaṣr (restriction): "the ones who prevailed were they", "the ones who remained were they".
And the word will return at the end of the sūra: wa inna jundanā la-humu'l-ghālibūn (173). The same mould: la-humu'l-ghālibūn. This is a repetition that can be verified from the text and binds the sūra's sequence of prophets to its closing block.
| Verse | Expression | Who |
|---|---|---|
| 116 | fa-kānū humu'l-ghālibīn | Moses, Aaron and their people |
| 173 | wa inna jundanā la-humu'l-ghālibūn | God's host |
What was realised in the past, that is, is said with the same word as the promise given for the future.
| Pattern | Example | Its sense |
|---|---|---|
| Form IV — mubīn | 15, 106, 113, 156 | What is clear / what makes clear |
| Form X — mustabīn | 117 | What seeks clarity / whose clarity is marked |
In Arabic Form X can announce "to find a quality in oneself / to go far in that quality". Mustabīn, then — whose clarity has thoroughly come out.
And the word occurs only here in the Qurʾān. Mubīn, by contrast, is used very often in the Qurʾān. In this one place the sūra chooses the stronger pattern. This is a datum of word choice.
| Verse | Verb | Ṣirāṭ | Direction |
|---|---|---|---|
| 23 | fa'hdūhum ilā | ṣirāṭi'l-jaḥīm | The road of the blaze |
| 118 | wa hadaynāhumā | al-ṣirāṭa'l-mustaqīm | The straight path |
The same verb (ه-د-ي), the same word (ṣirāṭ), opposite attributes. And ninety-five verses lie between the two. The sūra uses the word at two extremes.
A point of word order: hadaynāhuma'ṣ-ṣirāṭa — the verb takes two objects, and the second without a preposition. In the twenty-third verse it was transitive with ilā (fa'hdūhum ilā ṣirāṭi'l-jaḥīm).
The difference the grammarians record: the verb hadā, when directly transitive, announces bringing to the way; when transitive with ilā, directing toward the way. Arrival in the one, then, and conveyance in the other.
I record this as my own reading: this distinction deepens the difference between the two verses. They are conveyed to the road of the blaze; they are brought to the straight path. This is a linguistic observation; the verse gives no ground.
And this is the one double salutation in the sequence. It ties to the table in the section on the structure.
And a note: both names are given in full in the salutation — ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn. They are not shortened to a pronoun (ʿalayhimā could have been said). In the hundred and nineteenth verse a pronoun was used (taraknā ʿalayhimā); in the hundred and twentieth the names are repeated.
I record this as my own reading: in all four of the sentences of peace the name occurs plainly (Nūḥin, Ibrāhīm, Mūsā wa Hārūn, Il Yāsīn). The peace is not left to a pronoun. This suggests that the sentence is framed to be said — in accord with the explanation recorded in the section on the seventy-eighth verse, that "what was left is that sentence itself".
وَإِنَّ إِلْيَاسَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ · إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ · أَتَدْعُونَ بَعْلًا وَتَذَرُونَ أَحْسَنَ ٱلْخَٰلِقِينَ · ٱللَّهَ رَبَّكُمْ وَرَبَّ ءَابَآئِكُمُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ · فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَمُحْضَرُونَ · إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ · وَتَرَكْنَا عَلَيْهِ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرِينَ · سَلَٰمٌ عَلَىٰٓ إِلْ يَاسِينَ · إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ · إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
Wa inna Ilyāsa la-mina'l-mursalīn · Idh qāla li-qawmihi alā tattaqūn · A-tadʿūna baʿlan wa tadharūna aḥsana'l-khāliqīn · Allāha rabbakum wa rabba ābāʾikumu'l-awwalīn · Fa-kadhdhabūhu fa-innahum la-muḥḍarūn · Illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn · Wa taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn · Salāmun ʿalā Il Yāsīn · Innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn · Innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn
"And Elijah too was one of the messengers sent. When he said to his people: 'Will you not guard yourselves? Do you call upon Baʿl and leave the best of creators — God, your Lord and the Lord of your forefathers of old?' They denied him; and so they will surely be brought — except God's chosen servants. And We left upon him, among those who came after: 'Peace be upon Il Yāsīn.' Thus do We requite those who do good. He was one of Our believing servants."
Elijah is named in three places in the Qurʾān: al-Anʿām 6/85 (in a list of prophets), al-Ṣāffāt 37/123 and 37/130. Outside this sūra no information is given about him.
And in this commentary no information is given about who he was, when and where he lived — the Qurʾān gives none, and the isrāʾīliyyāt sources are not entered.
What is to be recorded is what the sūra gives: he was a messenger, he forbade his people to serve Baʿl, and he was denied.
Ittaqā — root و-ق-ي, Form VIII: to protect oneself, to guard. The original sense of the root is "to protect a thing from what would harm it". Wiqāya — a protecting cover. The root was analysed in al-Baqara (hudan li'l-muttaqīn).
And this is a sentence often repeated in the Qurʾān as the first word of the messengers. In Sūrat al-Shuʿarāʾ it occurs in the same form from the mouths of more than one prophet.
A point of word order: alā — in Arabic a particle announcing both urging and warning. Alā + imperfect: "will you not…?"
Baʿl — root ب-ع-ل. The known sense of the word in Arabic: husband, owner, master. The Qurʾān uses it in this sense: wa hādhā baʿlī shaykhā (Hūd 11/72) — "and this husband of mine is old"; wa buʿūlatuhunna aḥaqqu bi-raddihinna (al-Baqara 2/228).
A second branch of the root is also recorded: baʿl is used too of crops and palm groves that grow by rain alone, without irrigation.
| View | What Baʿl is | Ground | Its weak side |
|---|---|---|---|
| The name of an idol | A particular idol the people served | The structure of the sentence: tadʿūna baʿlan — "you call upon Baʿl". Duʿāʾ here is in the sense of worship and its object is something served | The verse gives no description of the idol |
| In the sense of "lord / master" | "Do you call upon a master?" — that is, upon an owner other than God | The original sense of the word in Arabic | Baʿlan comes indefinite; reading it as a common noun is possible but strained |
| A name of foreign origin | It is transmitted that the word is the name of a deity that passed into Arabic from another language | This note is present in the classical sources | No firm linguistic evidence is offered |
Most of the classical commentaries adopt the first view. I impose no preference and give no information about which community the word belonged to — the Qurʾān gives none.
Tadʿūna — root د-ع-و: to call, to entreat. The root was treated at Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin) 40/60 (udʿūnī astajib lakum). The note there: duʿāʾ is identified in the Qurʾān with worship itself.
Tadharūna — root و-ذ-ر: to abandon, to leave. And the root has a striking property: in Arabic the perfect (past) conjugation of this verb is not used; only the imperfect and imperative forms are used. This is a linguistic fact.
And this construction occurs in two places in the Qurʾān: al-Muʾminūn 23/14 (fa-tabāraka'llāhu aḥsanu'l-khāliqīn) and here.
Aḥsan — root ح-س-ن, an elative: "the best, the most beautiful". And note: aḥsan — "the most beautiful", not akbar (the greatest) or aqwā (the strongest).
I record this as my own reading: Elijah's measure of comparison is not power but beauty. His people call upon a master or an idol; Elijah sets against it not might but the beauty of the work done. And this is from the same root as the word muḥsinīn in the sūra's closing mould.
The same root, two sides: the one who does most beautifully, and those who do beautifully. This is a fact that can be verified from the text, and in the Elijah section the two stand together (125 and 131).
Al-khāliqīn — root خ-ل-ق: to measure out, to bring into being by giving measure. The original sense of the root is given by the lexicographers as "to measure and cut a hide". The root was analysed in al-Baqara.
And this verse is the most balanced sentence of the sūra on the question of following the forefathers.
A point of word order: Allāha is in the accusative — it attaches to aḥsana'l-khāliqīn as an appositive. That is: "the best of creators — that is, God".
I record this as my own reading — and this is the point I indicated in the section on the seventy-first verse: Elijah does not reject the forefathers. He binds the forefathers too to the same Lord.
In the seventeenth verse of the sūra the deniers had objected "and our forefathers of old too?". In the seventy-first it was said "most of those of old had gone astray". In the hundred and twenty-sixth the Lord of the forefathers is named.
| Verse | What is said |
|---|---|
| 69-70 | They found their forefathers astray and are rushed along in their tracks — blind following is rejected |
| 71 | Most of those of old went astray — not all |
| 126 | God is the Lord of your forefathers too — the forefathers are not condemned wholesale |
This is the textual counterpart of Method's principle "no wholesale judgement is built", and it runs in the same direction as the distinction of muḥsin and ẓālim in the hundred and thirteenth verse.
A point of word order: the two sentences are joined with fāʾ — absence of interval. Fa-kadhdhabūhu fa-innahum la-muḥḍarūn. Between the denial and the outcome there is no intervening step whatever.
Muḥḍarūn was analysed in the section on the fifty-seventh verse and a table was given. I do not repeat it.
And the difference within the sequence must be recorded: in the Noah section the other side is named with the verb aghraqnā (We drowned), in the Abraham section with jaʿalnāhumu'l-asfalīn (We made them the lowest), in the Lot section with dammarnā (We razed). In the Elijah section, however, no worldly destruction is named; it passes directly to the hereafter.
| Prophet | The end of the other side | In this world or the next |
|---|---|---|
| Noah (82) | aghraqna'l-ākharīn | In this world |
| Abraham (98) | jaʿalnāhumu'l-asfalīn | Indefinite |
| Moses-Aaron (116) | (the prevailing side is named) | In this world |
| Elijah (127) | la-muḥḍarūn | In the hereafter |
| Lot (136) | dammarna'l-ākharīn | In this world |
| Jonah (148) | fa-āmanū fa-mattaʿnāhum | Deliverance |
This is a fact that can be verified from the text and shows that the six sections of the sequence give six different ends.
The sentence for the third time in the sūra (40, 74, 128). It was analysed in the section on the fortieth verse.
The note of word order here is important: the exception attaches to the sentence fa-innahum la-muḥḍarūn — a group is set apart, that is, from among those who denied.
I record this as my own reading: the sentence says that a whole people does not meet the same end. And this runs in the same direction as the distinction of muḥsin and ẓālim in the hundred and thirteenth verse and the expression "the Lord of the forefathers too" in the hundred and twenty-sixth. In three separate places the sūra draws the same limit: no wholesale judgement.
In the received orthography of the codex the word is written in two parts: إِلْ يَاسِينَ. In the hundred and twenty-third verse, however, it is إِلْيَاسَ, in one part.
| Reading | Spelling | Sense |
|---|---|---|
| Il Yāsīn | إِلْ يَاسِينَ | Another way of saying Elijah's name |
| Ilyāsīn | إِلْيَاسِينَ | A plural-like form of the same name |
| Āl Yāsīn | ءَالِ يَاسِينَ | "The family of Yāsīn / those belonging to Yāsīn" |
All three readings are transmitted in the sources on the variant readings. I give no reciter's name.
| Explanation | What it says |
|---|---|
| Two forms of the same name | In Arabic proper names of foreign origin can be pronounced in more than one form. Like Ibrāhīm / Ibrāhām, Ilyās / Ilyāsīn. This is the most widely transmitted explanation |
| Accord with the verse-ending | All the verses of the sūra end in -īn / -ūn / -īm. The form Ilyās would break this sound; the form Il Yāsīn fits the verse-ending |
| Āl = family | "Peace be upon the family of Yāsīn" — in that case the name is not Elijah himself but the community attributed to him |
The second explanation is supported by a textual datum and must be recorded: as was given in the section on the structure, from the twelfth verse to the hundred and eighty-second all the verse-endings are of the pattern long vowel + nūn/mīm. The form Ilyāsa would fall outside that pattern.
But this does not mean "it was changed merely for the sound"; what is recorded is that the two forms differ in their fit with the verse-ending.
And a note: in the hundred and thirty-second verse the pronoun is masculine singular — innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn. The mould speaks of one person, that is. This is a datum from within the word order against the "family" reading; but it does not eliminate it, because the pronoun may also refer to Ilyās in verse 123.
وَإِنَّ لُوطًا لَّمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ · إِذْ نَجَّيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ أَجْمَعِينَ · إِلَّا عَجُوزًا فِى ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ · ثُمَّ دَمَّرْنَا ٱلْءَاخَرِينَ · وَإِنَّكُمْ لَتَمُرُّونَ عَلَيْهِم مُّصْبِحِينَ · وَبِٱلَّيْلِ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ
Wa inna Lūṭan la-mina'l-mursalīn · Idh najjaynāhu wa ahlahu ajmaʿīn · Illā ʿajūzan fi'l-ghābirīn · Thumma dammarna'l-ākharīn · Wa innakum la-tamurrūna ʿalayhim muṣbiḥīn · Wa bi'l-layl, a-fa-lā taʿqilūn
"And Lot too was one of the messengers sent. When We saved him and his whole household — save an old woman among those who stayed behind. Then We razed the others. And you pass by them in the morning — and by night as well. Will you still not use your reason?"
And this section is the first break in the sequence: not one of the four closing moulds is present. It was given in a table in the section on the structure, and the possible explanations were discussed there. I do not repeat it.
| The mould present in the sequence | What comes in its place in the Lot section |
|---|---|
| wa taraknā ʿalayhi fi'l-ākhirīn | wa innakum la-tamurrūna ʿalayhim muṣbiḥīn (137) |
| salāmun ʿalā … | — |
| innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn | — |
| innahu min ʿibādina'l-muʾminīn | — |
| — | a-fa-lā taʿqilūn (138) — a question to the addressee |
I record this as my own reading and complete the note in the section on the structure: in the other sections of the sequence it is said "We left upon him a remembrance"; here what was left is shown. The verb "We left" is replaced by the sentence "you pass by them". And this is a passage from a spoken memory to a visible one.
Ajmaʿīn — root ج-م-ع: all, the whole. And it is used as a word of reinforcement (taʾkīd): "his whole household".
And the point of word order is worth noting — this is a textual datum: ajmaʿīn ("all") is said and immediately after comes an exception (illā ʿajūzan). Reinforcement and exception side by side, that is.
The explanation the grammarians record: ajmaʿīn announces the completeness of those saved; the exception takes out the one not included in that group. The two do not conflict: "the whole of his household was saved — that woman was already among those who stayed behind."
Ghābir — root غ-ب-ر. And the root has an interesting property, which the lexicographers record: the root means both "to pass on" and "to stay behind" — two senses that are opposites of one another. In Arabic this is called aḍdād (words with opposite meanings).
From the same root ghabara — dust. Ghabara — the dust that stays behind. The link the lexicographers make: the dust left behind a passing caravan announces both pastness and remaining.
Its sense here: those who stayed behind — that is, those who remained together with those destroyed.
And the Qurʾān uses the same word consistently in this account: al-ghābirīn occurs at al-Ḥijr 15/60, al-Shuʿarāʾ 26/171, al-Naml 27/57 and al-ʿAnkabūt 29/32-33 as well. This is a countable fact.
ʿAjūz — root ع-ج-ز: to be weak, to be unable. ʿAjūz — an old woman. The link the lexicographers make: old age is the exhaustion of strength.
The word was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/29 (wa qālat ʿajūzun ʿaqīm) — there Abraham's wife used it of herself. The same word, two different women, two different sūras. This is a datum about the word.
And a note: the verse gives no name, only an attribute. No name is given in this commentary either. Elsewhere the Qurʾān names this person as imraʾatu Lūṭ (the wife of Lot) (al-Taḥrīm 66/10), and it was treated in al-Taḥrīm. I rely on that treatment and do not repeat it.
| Verse | Sentence | Verb |
|---|---|---|
| 82 (Noah) | thumma aghraqnā'l-ākharīn | We drowned |
| 136 (Lot) | thumma dammarna'l-ākharīn | We razed |
The same particle (thumma), the same object (al-ākharīn), the same position (toward the end of the section). Only the verb changes. This is a parallel that can be verified from the text.
And the observation recorded in the section on the eighty-second verse holds here too: the sentence of destruction comes not in the middle of the section but at its end, and pushed away with thumma.
وَإِنَّكُمْ لَتَمُرُّونَ عَلَيْهِم مُّصْبِحِينَ · وَبِٱلَّيْلِ — and the address turns to the one addressed
And this is the one place in the whole sequence where it turns to the one addressed. This is a countable fact.
From the seventy-fifth verse to the hundred and thirty-sixth, for sixty-two verses, the telling is in the third person. In the hundred and thirty-seventh it passes suddenly to the second person: innakum — "you".
In Arabic this transition is called iltifāt, and it was treated in several places in this commentary (al-Wāqiʿa 56/51; in this sūra verses 21 and 38).
Muṣbiḥīn — root ص-ب-ح, the active participle of Form IV: those who are in the morning, who are at the hour of dawn. In a circumstantial position: "passing at the hour of morning".
A point of word order must be recorded: the two times are given in two different forms. The morning by a circumstantial (muṣbiḥīn — an active participle), the night by a preposition (bi'l-layl). Not symmetrical.
The grammarians' explanation: bi'l-layl is an adverbial attached to muṣbiḥīn; the sense becomes "in the morning and by night". The difference of form does not change the sense.
And what is said when the two times are named together is worth noting — as my own reading: morning and night are the two ends of the day. When both are named, the sense "at all times" arises. Passing by the ruin is not an exceptional event, then; it is a daily route.
And at al-Qamar 54/38 another verse of this account was treated (wa laqad ṣabbaḥahum bukratan ʿadhābun mustaqirr). There too the hour of morning was named. The two sūras use the same hour in the same account. This is a datum about a word.
ʿAqala — root ع-ق-ل. And the concrete picture of the root is worth noting: ʿiqāl is the cord that ties a camel's knee. ʿAqala'l-baʿīr — he tied the camel. Reason (ʿaql), then, is a power of binding: what keeps a person from going wherever he pleases.
And the placing of the question here is worth noting — as my own reading: the verse does not say "do you not see?". Seeing is already happening — the hundred and thirty-seventh verse says so: you pass by. What is missing is not seeing but binding what one sees.
And this ties to the thirteenth verse of the sūra: wa idhā dhukkirū lā yadhkurūn — "when they are reminded they do not remember". The two verses describe the same gap: the break between the knowledge that arrives and the conclusion that is drawn.
And a note: the Lot section is the section of the sequence nearest to the one addressed. The other sections recount events that lie in the past; this section shows something the addressee passes by every day. This is a fact worth considering together with the section's not receiving the closing mould.
وَإِنَّ يُونُسَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ · إِذْ أَبَقَ إِلَى ٱلْفُلْكِ ٱلْمَشْحُونِ · فَسَاهَمَ فَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُدْحَضِينَ · فَٱلْتَقَمَهُ ٱلْحُوتُ وَهُوَ مُلِيمٌ · فَلَوْلَآ أَنَّهُۥ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسَبِّحِينَ · لَلَبِثَ فِى بَطْنِهِۦٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ · فَنَبَذْنَٰهُ بِٱلْعَرَآءِ وَهُوَ سَقِيمٌ · وَأَنۢبَتْنَا عَلَيْهِ شَجَرَةً مِّن يَقْطِينٍ · وَأَرْسَلْنَٰهُ إِلَىٰ مِا۟ئَةِ أَلْفٍ أَوْ يَزِيدُونَ · فَـَٔامَنُوا۟ فَمَتَّعْنَٰهُمْ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ
Wa inna Yūnusa la-mina'l-mursalīn · Idh abaqa ila'l-fulki'l-mashḥūn · Fa-sāhama fa-kāna mina'l-mudḥaḍīn · Fa'ltaqamahu'l-ḥūtu wa huwa mulīm · Fa-lawlā annahu kāna mina'l-musabbiḥīn · La-labitha fī baṭnihi ilā yawmi yubʿathūn · Fa-nabadhnāhu bi'l-ʿarāʾi wa huwa saqīm · Wa anbatnā ʿalayhi shajaratan min yaqṭīn · Wa arsalnāhu ilā miʾati alfin aw yazīdūn · Fa-āmanū fa-mattaʿnāhum ilā ḥīn
"And Jonah too was one of the messengers sent. When he ran off to the laden ship. He drew lots and was among those who lost. Then the fish swallowed him whole, and he was one deserving blame. Had he not been of those who glorify, he would have stayed in its belly until the day they are raised. But We cast him out upon the bare shore, and he was sick. And We caused a gourd plant to grow over him. And We sent him to a hundred thousand — or more. And they believed; so We let them enjoy for a time."
The sense the lexicographers give is very narrow, and this narrowness must be recorded: ibāq is a slave's running away from his master without leave. Ābiq — a runaway slave. The word is not used in Arabic of any other flight; the flight of a free man is called haraba or farra.
| Word | Of whom | What it announces |
|---|---|---|
| هَرَبَ | Anyone | To flee (general) |
| فَرَّ | Anyone | To flee away |
| أَبَقَ | Of a slave alone | To leave his owner without leave |
The verse, that is, recounts a prophet's departure in the language of the relation of slave and master.
And what this requires must be written: the word sets up a relation of authority. The one who flees is not counted ill-intentioned; it is said that he departed without leave. The offence of a runaway slave is not theft or rebellion but not being where he ought to be.
At al-Qalam 68/48-50 the same person was named as a negative example (wa lā takun ka-ṣāḥibi'l-ḥūt), and it was recorded there: "a prophet is named as a negative example; this is rare in the Qurʾān and must be read carefully." I rely on that treatment.
| Al-Qalam 68/48-50 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/139-148 | |
|---|---|---|
| His name | Not given — ṣāḥibu'l-ḥūt | Yūnus — plainly |
| His presentation | A negative example: "do not be like him" | Positive: la-mina'l-mursalīn |
| The verb | nādā wa huwa makẓūm — he called | abaqa — he ran off |
| The deliverance | tadārakahu niʿmatun min rabbih | kāna mina'l-musabbiḥīn |
| The end | fa'jtabāhu rabbuhu fa-jaʿalahu mina'ṣ-ṣāliḥīn | fa-āmanū fa-mattaʿnāhum — the people believe |
The two sūras recount the same person from two different angles: the one as a warning, the other as a messenger. And al-Ṣāffāt holds both the praise and the harsh word in the same section — in 139 mina'l-mursalīn, in 140 abaqa, in 142 mulīm.
I record this as my own reading: the section sets up neither an acquittal nor a condemnation. It leaves the two side by side.
Fulk — a ship. And in Arabic the word is used both as singular and as plural — its form does not change. Both uses are present in the Qurʾān.
Mashḥūn — root ش-ح-ن, a passive participle: filled, loaded to the brim. Shaḥana — he loaded, he filled.
In the Qurʾān the same attribute is used of Noah's ark too: ḥamalnā dhurriyyatahum fi'l-fulki'l-mashḥūn (Yā Sīn 36/41). The same construction, two different ships.
I record this as my own reading: the attribute announces that the ship was full, and this prepares the drawing of lots in the next verse. On a full ship an extra passenger is a problem. The verse does not state the reason, but the attribute implies it.
Sahm — an arrow. And the concrete picture of the root is this: when the Arabs divided a matter or made a choice they used marked arrows; whoever's name the drawn arrow bore received the portion. From this sahm took the sense of "a portion, a share" — the Turkish word sehim ("share") comes from this root.
Musāhama (Form III) — to draw lots against one another, to compete in a drawing of lots. Form III announces two parties entering into a matter with one another.
Sāhama, that is, is not "he drew lots" but more exactly "he took part in the drawing of lots". This is a datum of the pattern.
Mudḥaḍīn — root د-ح-ض. The sense the lexicographers give: to slip, for the foot to slip, to fail to hold. Daḥaḍa — it slipped; madḥaḍa — a slippery place. And from this the sense "to be void, to be refuted" arises: in the Qurʾān ḥujjatuhum dāḥiḍatun ʿinda rabbihim (al-Shūrā 42/16) — "their argument is void with their Lord". Treated in al-Shūrā.
Mudḥaḍ — the passive participle of Form IV: made to slip, brought down, the loser in a drawing of lots.
I record this as my own reading: the word does not say "he lost"; it says "he was among those made to slip" — a passive. Losing in a drawing of lots is not something within a person's power. And this sets up a balance beside the harshness of the verb abaqa: the departure was his act, the outcome of the lot was not.
And a note: the verse does not say why lots were drawn. In the classical commentaries it is said that the ship was in danger of sinking and the excess was to be thrown overboard. The verse does not give this; nor do I.
Iltaqama — root ل-ق-م, Form VIII. Luqma — a mouthful. The verb, then, is "to swallow in a single mouthful".
I record this as my own reading: the verb is not akala (he ate) or balaʿa (he swallowed). Iltaqama — without chewing, at one go. And the picture of "a mouthful" in the root of the word reduces a human being to the size of a mouthful. This is what sets up the scene in respect of scale.
The grammarians' explanation: the definiteness here announces the class — "the thing called fish" — or points to a known event. The verse does not say the species of the fish, and neither do I.
Mulīm — root ل-و-م, the active participle of Form IV. Lawm — to blame. Form IV here announces "to have done something that deserves blame": alāma — he did something blameworthy. Mulīm, then, is not "one who blames" but "one who has done a thing deserving blame".
The word occurs in two places in the Qurʾān: one here, one at al-Dhāriyāt 51/40: fa-akhadhnāhu wa junūdahu fa-nabadhnāhum fi'l-yammi wa huwa mulīm — of Pharaoh.
| Al-Dhāriyāt 51/40 (Pharaoh) | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/142-145 (Jonah) | |
|---|---|---|
| The shared verb | fa-nabadhnāhum fi'l-yamm | fa-nabadhnāhu bi'l-ʿarāʾ |
| The shared circumstantial | wa huwa mulīm | wa huwa mulīm |
| Where he was cast | Into the sea | Onto the shore |
| The end | Destruction | Deliverance |
The same two words (nabadhnā and mulīm) are used of two different persons, and the outcomes are opposite. I record this as a textual observation; I do not claim that the two verses refer to one another.
Musabbiḥ — root س-ب-ح, the active participle of Form II: one who glorifies. And the original sense of the root: to swim in water or in air, to glide on. The Qurʾān: kullun fī falakin yasbaḥūn (al-Anbiyāʾ 21/33). The root was treated at al-Wāqiʿa 56/74, 96 (fa-sabbiḥ bi'smi rabbika) and in al-Aʿlā.
The note there holds here too: tasbīḥ, by its root, is to keep at a distance — to hold God away from everything unworthy of Him, to declare Him free of it. Its link with the sense of swimming: what swims moves away from where it is.
| Verse | Form | Who |
|---|---|---|
| 143 | mina'l-musabbiḥīn | Jonah |
| 159 | subḥāna'llāhi ʿammā yaṣifūn | (The text) |
| 166 | wa innā la-naḥnu'l-musabbiḥūn | The speaking company |
| 180 | subḥāna rabbika rabbi'l-ʿizzati | (The text) |
And the hundred and forty-third and hundred and sixty-sixth verses share the same mould: al-musabbiḥīn / al-musabbiḥūn. The one a prophet inside a belly, the other a company standing in ranks in the sky. The same act, two extreme positions.
I record this as my own reading: the work done in the belly of the fish and the work done in the heavens are named with the same word. And the sūra ties the deliverance to this act: fa-lawlā annahu kāna mina'l-musabbiḥīn.
And a point of word order: the verse does not say "because he glorified" but "because he was of those who glorify". What saves, then, is not an act at that moment but a belonging. Kāna mina'l-musabbiḥīn — kāna announces the past: he was of that company already.
This is the most meaningful use of the sūra's preference for the mould of the group (see the section on verse 81).
And the apodosis of the condition is worth noting: ilā yawmi yubʿathūn — "until the day they are raised".
I record this as my own reading: the verse does not say "he would have remained a long time". It gives a date: until the resurrection. And in the sixteenth verse the deniers had asked a-innā la-mabʿūthūn ("are we really to be raised?"). The same root (ب-ع-ث), the same sūra. Here the fact of the resurrection is used, without dispute, as a measure of time.
And the verb is plural: yubʿathūn — "they are raised". Jonah is one person; the plural means all human beings. The verse ties a personal confinement, that is, to a general day.
Nabadha — root ن-ب-ذ: to throw a thing away as worthless, to fling it down. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/40.
And the harshness of the verb is worth noting: nabadha is not to set down carefully but to throw. Yet the outcome is deliverance.
Al-ʿarāʾ — root ع-ر-ي: to be bare. ʿArāʾ — a flat place with nothing upon it, without tree, without shade, without shelter.
And the same word had occurred at al-Qalam 68/49: la-nubidha bi'l-ʿarāʾi wa huwa madhmūm — "he would have been cast onto the bare shore, blamed".
| Al-Qalam 68/49 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/145 | |
|---|---|---|
| Verb | la-nubidha — passive, an unrealised condition | fa-nabadhnāhu — active, realised |
| Place | bi'l-ʿarāʾ | bi'l-ʿarāʾ |
| His state | wa huwa madhmūm — blamed | wa huwa saqīm — sick |
| The condition | lawlā an tadārakahu niʿmatun min rabbih | fa-lawlā annahu kāna mina'l-musabbiḥīn |
The two sūras recount the same scene, that is, and part at the last word: the one madhmūm (blamed), the other saqīm (sick).
Al-Qalam says "he would have been cast, blamed", and announces that he was not cast. Al-Ṣāffāt says "We cast him" and gives his state as sick.
I record this as my own reading, and it is not binding: the two verses do not conflict, because what is negated is not the same. In al-Qalam what is negated is being cast madhmūm (blamed); in al-Ṣāffāt what is realised is being cast saqīm (sick). The blame has been lifted, the sickness has remained. This is an explanation; the text does not set up the link between the two verses openly.
Saqīm was analysed in the section on the eighty-ninth verse, and the sharing of the word between Abraham and Jonah was given there in a table.
Anbata — root ن-ب-ت, Form IV: to cause to grow. The root was treated at Nūḥ 71/17 (wa'llāhu anbatakum mina'l-arḍi nabātā) and in Qāf and al-Nabaʾ.
ʿAlayhi — "over him". The preposition is worth noting: not lahu (for him). ʿAlā announces being above — the plant covers him over.
The definition the lexicographers give: yaqṭīn is the general name of plants that do not stand upright on a stem but spread on the ground. The gourd, the watermelon and the melon fall into this class. In most of the classical commentaries it is explained as "gourd" (kad).
And its link with the root's sense of "settling" is transmitted: qaṭana — he settled in a place, he dwelt. The link is made thus: yaqṭīn is the plant that lies on the ground, that settles upon it. I give this link as a transmission from the lexicographers.
Shajara in Arabic means not only "tree" but also a plant that has a stem. And the lexicographers record a tension here: shajara announces an upright plant, while yaqṭīn announces one that spreads on the ground. The construction joins the two.
The grammarians' explanation: the construct min yaqṭīn specifies the kind of the shajara — that is, "something of the plant kind, of the yaqṭīn sort". The wide use of the word makes this construction possible.
And the work of the plant is not said in the verse. The preposition ʿalayhi (over him) carries the idea of shade and covering. In the classical commentaries explanations such as its giving shade, keeping off flies, or its fruit serving as food are transmitted. The verse does not say, and I issue no ruling.
As my own reading I record only this: the hundred and forty-fifth verse said al-ʿarāʾ — a place without shade, without cover. The hundred and forty-sixth sets a cover there. The two verses complete one another: a bare place and a plant caused to grow over it.
The problem is this: aw (or) in Arabic announces doubt or hesitation. To say "a hundred thousand or more" in a declarative sentence seems to imply that the number is not known.
The explanations the classical lexicographers give. I give them in a table and impose no preference:
| Explanation | What aw is doing | Assessment |
|---|---|---|
| In the sense of bal | "A hundred thousand — indeed more". Aw is sometimes used in Arabic in place of bal (rather) | It is transmitted; but this use of aw is not widespread |
| According to the beholder | The doubt belongs not to the speaker but to the one who sees: "one who saw them would have said a hundred thousand or more". The number is given, that is, by the estimate of the beholder | The most defended explanation. The lexicographers call this "speech according to the state of the addressee" |
| An announcement of multitude | The intent is not to give an exact number but to announce the multitude. Like the English "there were a hundred thousand, maybe more" | The usage is familiar in the language |
| An exact number with an open end | That they were at least a hundred thousand is certain; what is above that is not announced. Aw fixes the lower bound | It preserves the informational value of the sentence |
| In the sense of wāw | "A hundred thousand and more" | The grammarians record that aw can be used in place of wāw; but this view is a minority one |
And there is a datum of word order that must be recorded: the verse does not say aw akthar ("or more"); it uses aw yazīdūn — a verbal clause. Yazīdūn — "they increase / they are more".
I record this as my own reading, and it is not binding: the use of a verb takes the number out of being a fixed figure. A community is not fixed; it increases. Aw yazīdūn may also be read not as "their number is this much or that much" but as "a hundred thousand — and increasing". This eliminates none of the explanations above.
And a note of limitation: no historical, geographical or demographic conclusion is drawn from this number. The Qurʾān gives no place name, and none is given in this commentary either.
As was recorded in the section on the structure: in five of the sequence's six sections the subject of the verb that determines the end is God. Here the subject of the last verb is the people themselves: fa-āmanū — "they believed".
Mattaʿnā — root م-ت-ع, Form II: to let enjoy, to provide enjoyment for a time. Matāʿ — a passing benefit, a provision. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/43 (tamattaʿū ḥattā ḥīn) and in Ghāfir (al-Muʾmin).
Ilā ḥīn — "for a time". Ḥīn — an indefinite stretch of time. And the word will occur twice more in the sūra: fa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn (174) and wa tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn (178).
| Verse | Expression | To whom |
|---|---|---|
| 148 | fa-mattaʿnāhum ilā ḥīn | The people who believed |
| 174 | fa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn | A command to the Prophet |
| 178 | wa tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn | A command to the Prophet |
I record this as my own reading: after recounting through six sections destruction, drowning, razing and being brought low, the sequence closes with a people who believe. And this people is the only one for which the verse gives a number: a hundred thousand. The most numerous community of the sequence, that is, is the community that is saved. This is a textual observation; the verse does not set it down as a ruling.
فَٱسْتَفْتِهِمْ أَلِرَبِّكَ ٱلْبَنَاتُ وَلَهُمُ ٱلْبَنُونَ · أَمْ خَلَقْنَا ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ إِنَٰثًا وَهُمْ شَٰهِدُونَ · أَلَآ إِنَّهُم مِّنْ إِفْكِهِمْ لَيَقُولُونَ · وَلَدَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ · أَصْطَفَى ٱلْبَنَاتِ عَلَى ٱلْبَنِينَ · مَا لَكُمْ كَيْفَ تَحْكُمُونَ · أَفَلَا تَذَكَّرُونَ · أَمْ لَكُمْ سُلْطَٰنٌ مُّبِينٌ · فَأْتُوا۟ بِكِتَٰبِكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
Fa'staftihim a-li-rabbika'l-banātu wa lahumu'l-banūn · Am khalaqna'l-malāʾikata ināthan wa hum shāhidūn · Alā innahum min ifkihim la-yaqūlūn · Walada'llāhu wa innahum la-kādhibūn · Aṣṭafa'l-banāti ʿala'l-banīn · Mā lakum kayfa taḥkumūn · A-fa-lā tadhakkarūn · Am lakum sulṭānun mubīn · Fa'tū bi-kitābikum in kuntum ṣādiqīn
"Now ask them for their opinion: are the daughters your Lord's and the sons theirs? Or did We create the angels female while they were witnesses? Take note! Out of their fabrication they say, 'God has begotten' — and they are certainly liars. — Has He chosen daughters over sons? What is the matter with you, how do you judge? Will you not reflect? Or have you a plain warrant? Bring your book, then, if you are truthful."
It was analysed in the eleventh verse, and the table of the two occurrences was given there. I do not repeat it.
The note here: the verb opens another block. In the eleventh verse creation was asked about; here, attribution. Both are a "which of the two" question, and both ask for an opinion, not for information.
أَلِرَبِّكَ ٱلْبَنَاتُ وَلَهُمُ ٱلْبَنُونَ — and the link with al-Najm
And the analysis of this verse was made in detail at al-Najm 53/21-22 (a-lakumu'dh-dhakaru wa lahu'l-unthā · tilka idhan qismatun ḍīzā), and the structure of the proof, the catching of the addressee by his own admission, and the point about taqdīm were analysed there. I do not repeat it and I rely on that treatment.
The verse does not accept that a daughter is of less worth; it uses the addressee's own admission against him. This is a technique the Qurʾān often uses: to speak by the other side's own measure.
In the section on al-Takwīr 81/8-9 (wa idha'l-mawʾūdatu suʾilat · bi-ayyi dhanbin qutilat) this social background was treated in detail — the notes about the position of the girl child in that society, the verse al-Naḥl 16/58-59, and the extent of the practice were given there. I rely on that treatment and do not repeat it.
What is to be added here is the difference of word order between al-Najm and al-Ṣāffāt — and this is a textual datum:
| Al-Najm 53/21 | Al-Ṣāffāt 37/149 | |
|---|---|---|
| Order | a-lakumu'dh-dhakaru wa lahu'l-unthā — they first | a-li-rabbika'l-banātu wa lahumu'l-banūn — the Lord first |
| Words | al-dhakar / al-unthā — names of sex | al-banāt / al-banūn — names of offspring |
| The sentence of judgement | tilka idhan qismatun ḍīzā — "an unjust division" | mā lakum kayfa taḥkumūn (154) — "how do you judge?" |
One — the order is reversed. In al-Najm the addressee's portion is named first, then God's. In al-Ṣāffāt God's portion first. As my own reading: in al-Ṣāffāt the address is to the Prophet (li-rabbika — "your Lord"), in al-Najm directly to those addressed (lakum — "yours"). The order changes according to the direction of address.
Two — the choice of words differs. Al-Najm says dhakar/unthā (male/female) — biological; al-Ṣāffāt says banāt/banūn (daughters/sons) — kinship. In al-Ṣāffāt the matter is set up as the attribution of offspring, in al-Najm as a portion of sex.
And the sentence of judgement differs too in al-Ṣāffāt: al-Najm gives a quality (qismatun ḍīzā — an unjust division); al-Ṣāffāt asks a question (kayfa taḥkumūn — how do you judge?). Al-Najm states the judgement, that is; al-Ṣāffāt makes the judgement be asked for. This is consistent with the sūra's method of istiftāʾ (asking for an opinion).
Shāhid — root ش-ه-د: to be present at an event, to see with one's eye. Shahāda — a report resting on witnessing. The root was treated at Qāf 50/21, 37.
A point of word order: wa hum shāhidūn is a circumstantial clause — "were they present when We created the angels female?"
The question sets up this logic: to be able to say how a thing was created one must have witnessed that moment. And they are not witnesses.
The Qurʾān sets up the same proof elsewhere too: mā ashhadtuhum khalqa's-samāwāti wa'l-arḍi wa lā khalqa anfusihim (al-Kahf 18/51).
And at al-Najm 53/27-28 the same claim was handled in the same way: wa mā lahum bihi min ʿilm, in yattabiʿūna illa'ẓ-ẓann. There the name of the proof is the absence of knowledge, here the absence of witnessing. The two sūras show the same gap with two different words.
And a point of word order is worth noting: the sentence is divided between two verses, and the verse ends exactly where the quotation is to begin.
| Verse | Content |
|---|---|
| 151 | alā innahum min ifkihim la-yaqūlūn — "they certainly say" |
| 152 | walada'llāh — "God has begotten" — and immediately after: wa innahum la-kādhibūn |
The words to be said, that is, have been thrown to the other side of the verse boundary. And at the moment they are said the judgement upon them is given in the same verse: wa innahum la-kādhibūn.
I record this as my own reading: the claim is only two words (walada'llāh) and is not left standing alone — it is refuted within the same verse. The sūra does not allow this sentence to stand on its own.
Ifk was analysed in the section on the eighty-sixth verse. And as was recorded there: ifk is not "a lie" but "speech that has turned the truth about".
| Verse | Expression | Who |
|---|---|---|
| 86 | a-ifkan ālihatan dūna'llāhi turīdūn | Abraham's question |
| 151 | innahum min ifkihim la-yaqūlūn | The text — about those addressed |
The question Abraham put to his people returns as a judgement upon those the sūra addresses. Sixty-five verses lie between the two.
Walada — root و-ل-د: to beget. And the choice of the verb is sharp: not ittakhadha waladan ("He took a child") but walada ("He begot"). The Qurʾān uses both expressions. The form here is rawer and more direct.
Kādhibūn — root ك-ذ-ب. And this is the third use of this root in the sūra: tukadhdhibūn (21), kadhdhabūhu (127), kādhibūn (152).
Iṣṭafā — root ص-ف-و, Form VIII: to select the best, the purest part of a thing. Ṣafwa — the essence of a thing, its part free of dregs. In the Qurʾān: inna'llāha'ṣṭafā Ādama wa Nūḥan (Āl ʿImrān 3/33).
A point of word order and of pronunciation: the hamza at the head is the interrogative hamza and has merged with the connecting hamza of the verb iṣṭafā. The reading is therefore a-iṣṭafā → aṣṭafā. This is a regular merging in Arabic.
And the choice of the verb carries the proof — as my own reading: iṣṭifāʾ is to select the better of two things. The question is this: "if He chose one of the two sexes, did He choose the one you count of less worth?"
The verse, that is, again uses the addressee's own measure. This is the same technique recorded in al-Najm.
Mā lakum — for the third and last time in the sūra (25, 92, 154). The table was given in the section on the twenty-fifth verse.
Taḥkumūn — root ح-ك-م. And the original sense of the root was analysed at al-Qalam 68/36: to bridle, to rein in. Ḥakama — he put the bit into the horse's mouth. A "judgement", then, is to set a thing in its place instead of leaving it loose.
And the same sentence had occurred at al-Qalam 68/36: mā lakum kayfa taḥkumūn. The same sentence, two sūras. This is a countable fact.
I record this as my own reading: the question is not "why do you judge thus?" but "how do you judge?" — that is, what is questioned is not the ground of the judgement but the authority to judge. And the following verses will ask this openly: where is your evidence?
And the root for the fourth time in the sūra. In the third verse dhikrā (what is carried), in the thirteenth lā yadhkurūn (what is not taken), here a-fa-lā tadhakkarūn (what is asked for), in the hundred and sixty-eighth dhikran mina'l-awwalīn (what they asked for and rejected). It was given in a table in the section on the structure.
And a note of word order: the verse is very short — three words. One of the shortest verses of the sūra. A short pause set in the middle of a long interrogation.
Sulṭān was analysed in the section on the thirtieth verse: an argument, a proof; and the power of rule. The root was treated at al-Najm 53/23 as well (mā anzala'llāhu bihā min sulṭān) — and there the same word was used about the same claim.
I record this as my own reading: the verse does not say "bring a proof" but "bring your book". Not a spoken claim, that is, but a written document is asked for. And this has to do with the nature of the claim: the ground of one who judges about an unseen realm can only be an announcement.
And a similar demand was treated at al-Aḥqāf 46/4 (iʾtūnī bi-kitābin min qabli hādhā aw athāratin min ʿilm). I rely on that treatment.
In kuntum ṣādiqīn — "if you are truthful". It is the common closing of the Qurʾān's sentences of challenge.
وَجَعَلُوا۟ بَيْنَهُۥ وَبَيْنَ ٱلْجِنَّةِ نَسَبًا ۚ وَلَقَدْ عَلِمَتِ ٱلْجِنَّةُ إِنَّهُمْ لَمُحْضَرُونَ · سُبْحَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ · إِلَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ · فَإِنَّكُمْ وَمَا تَعْبُدُونَ · مَآ أَنتُمْ عَلَيْهِ بِفَٰتِنِينَ · إِلَّا مَنْ هُوَ صَالِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ
Wa jaʿalū baynahu wa bayna'l-jinnati nasaban, wa laqad ʿalimati'l-jinnatu innahum la-muḥḍarūn · Subḥāna'llāhi ʿammā yaṣifūn · Illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn · Fa-innakum wa mā taʿbudūn · Mā antum ʿalayhi bi-fātinīn · Illā man huwa ṣāli'l-jaḥīm
"They have set up a kinship between Him and the jinn — while the jinn know well that they themselves will be brought. Glory be to God above what they describe — except God's chosen servants. Neither you nor what you serve · can lead anyone astray against Him — save the one who is to enter the blaze."
Nasab — root ن-س-ب: to attach a thing to a thing, to attribute. Nisba — a relation; nasab — a tie of blood, lineage.
Al-jinna — root ج-ن-ن: to cover, to hide. The root was analysed in detail in al-Jinn. I rely on that treatment.
| View | Who al-jinna are | Ground |
|---|---|---|
| The angels | The word, in the sense of "hidden beings", can be given to angels too; and the context is the angels (150) | The preceding verses take up the counting of angels as female; this verse would be the continuation of the same claim |
| The jinn | The known sense of the word | The Qurʾān recounts that some communities served the jinn (Sabaʾ 34/41) |
| The satans / another order | Another unseen order | It is transmitted |
And a note of word order: baynahu wa bayna'l-jinnati — "between Him and the jinn". The pronoun (hu) refers to God, and His name is not mentioned. This is a choice that increases the weight of the sentence: not even the subject of the claim is written out.
| Reading | To whom innahum refers |
|---|---|
| To the jinn | "The jinn know that they themselves will be brought" — that is, that they will be called to account |
| To those who make the claim | "The jinn know that they (the claimants) will be brought" |
Both are transmitted by the grammarians. The first is the more widespread, and its logic is this: a being that is to be called to account cannot have a kinship with God. The proof, that is, comes from the state of the very party who is claimed.
I record this as my own reading: the first reading gives the sentence the value of a testimony. The party claimed refutes the claim by its own condition — in Sūrat al-Jinn it was the jinn themselves who said that the sky was closed (al-Jinn). The same method: the knowledge comes from the subject of the claim.
Muḥḍarūn — for the third and last time in the sūra (57, 127, 158). The table was given in the section on the fifty-seventh verse.
Subḥān — root س-ب-ح, a verbal noun: declaring free of all unworthiness. The root was analysed in the section on the hundred and forty-third verse, and the table of the four occurrences in the sūra was given there.
Yaṣifūn — root و-ص-ف: to qualify and describe a thing. Ṣifa is from the same root. This root is analysed here for the first time in this commentary.
The sense the lexicographers give: waṣf is to speak of a thing by a property found in it. Waṣafa'sh-shayʾ — he described it.
And a point of word order must be recorded: ʿammā yaṣifūn — "above what they describe". The verse does not say "above what they say" or "above their lies"; it says above what they describe.
I record this as my own reading: waṣf is to describe a thing — that is, to draw its bounds. And declaring God free is set exactly against this: what is described has been bounded; God is outside the bound the describer draws. The choice of the word suggests that the matter is not merely a false claim but the very attempt at description. This is an explanation.
| Verse | Sentence | Difference |
|---|---|---|
| 159 | subḥāna'llāhi ʿammā yaṣifūn | The divine name |
| 180 | subḥāna rabbika rabbi'l-ʿizzati ʿammā yaṣifūn | Two constructs added |
The second is the expanded form of the first, and it is the closing of the sūra. The sūra closes by repeating in a longer form, in the hundred and eightieth verse, the sentence it said in the hundred and fifty-ninth.
The sentence for the fourth time in the sūra (40, 74, 128, 160). It was analysed in the section on the fortieth verse.
| Attachment | Sense |
|---|---|
| To 158 | "They will be brought — except God's chosen servants" |
| To 159 | "He is above what they describe — except the describing of God's chosen servants", that is, they describe God rightly |
Both are transmitted by the grammarians. The second reading is worth noting because it turns the exception into a praise: there is a company that can describe rightly. I do not impose a preference.
Wa mā taʿbudūn — "and what you serve". And the particle is again mā. The same choice was present in the twenty-second and ninety-fifth verses. The sūra is consistent in this, and it is a countable datum of the language.
Fātin — root ف-ت-ن, an active participle. The root was analysed in the section on the sixty-third verse: to put gold into fire and separate it; to test, to lead astray.
A point of word order: mā antum ʿalayhi bi-fātinīn — the preposition ʿalayhi has been brought forward. The grammarians divide over the referent of the pronoun:
| To whom the pronoun refers | Sense |
|---|---|
| To God | "You cannot lead anyone astray against Him" — that is, you have no power to turn His servants |
| To what they serve | "You cannot deceive anyone about it (the idol)" |
And the letter bi- has been added at the head of fātinīn — in Arabic this bāʾ, coming on the predicate in negative sentences, announces reinforcement: "you are in no way leaders astray".
Ṣālī — root ص-ل-ي: to enter the fire, to be scorched in fire. Ṣalā — he cast into / entered the fire. In the Qurʾān: wa taṣliyatu jaḥīm (al-Wāqiʿa 56/94) — treated in al-Wāqiʿa.
A point of word order: ṣāli'l-jaḥīm — the construct of an active participle; the final yāʾ has dropped (ṣālī → ṣāli). This is a regular dropping in Arabic in the construct state.
And the sense of the exception is worth noting — as my own reading: after saying "you cannot lead anyone astray", the verse sets a group apart: those who are to enter the blaze in any case. Leading astray, that is, works upon one who deserves to be led astray. This accords with the thirty-second verse of the sūra: there too those who led astray said "we ourselves had gone astray", and those led astray were told "you were not believers to begin with" (29). Both places say the same thing: an influence coming from outside does not work without finding a response within.
وَمَا مِنَّآ إِلَّا لَهُۥ مَقَامٌ مَّعْلُومٌ · وَإِنَّا لَنَحْنُ ٱلصَّآفُّونَ · وَإِنَّا لَنَحْنُ ٱلْمُسَبِّحُونَ
"'There is not one of us but has a known station. We, we indeed are the ones who stand in ranks. We, we indeed are the ones who glorify.'"
And this is the most important question of word order in the sūra — because its answer bears on the oath in the first verse.
The three verses are built in the first person plural (minnā, innā, naḥnu), and who is speaking is not said. There is no verb such as qālū ("they said") at the head of the verse.
| View | Who speaks | Ground | Its weak side |
|---|---|---|---|
| The angels | The angels counted female in the hundred and fiftieth verse speak for themselves | The most widespread view. The context is the angels (150, 158); standing in ranks and glorifying are attributed to angels in the Qurʾān | The verb of speaking (qālū) is not mentioned; the reader must supply it |
| The Prophet and the believers | The company that forms ranks and glorifies in prayer | Ṣaff and tasbīḥ are the work of believers as well | The context speaks of angels |
| The prophets | The messengers named in the sequence | The sūra recounted them for seventy-four verses | The sequence had ended at 148 |
The overwhelming majority of the classical commentaries transmit the first view, and its ground is the context. I impose no preference, but I record that the context runs in the direction of the angels: in the hundred and fiftieth verse the angels were named, in the hundred and fifty-eighth it was said that a kinship was set up with al-jinna, in the hundred and sixtieth the exception came. These three verses stand inside that chain.
A point of word order and an ellipsis: a verb yaqūlūn or qālū is supplied at the head of the sentence. Most of the grammarians accept this. And the effect the ellipsis produces is worth noting — as my own reading: because the verb is not stated, the voice comes in suddenly. The text makes someone speak without saying who is speaking — and this is the same method as in the first three verses of the sūra: there too the name of what was sworn by was not given.
A point of word order: the sentence is built with the mā … illā mould — negation + exception, that is, the strongest form of affirmation. And there is an ellipsis between: wa mā minnā [aḥadun] illā lahu maqāmun maʿlūm — "there is not one of us but has a known station".
Maqām — root ق-و-م: to stand, to be upright. A noun of place: the place where one stands, a station.
Maʿlūm was analysed in the section on the forty-first verse (rizqun maʿlūm), and the table of the two occurrences was given there.
The same attribute, the one of what is given and the other of where one stands. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
I record this as my own reading: what the sentence says is an acceptance of a limit. The speaking party claims no superiority for itself; it says that a place has been assigned to it. And this is the exact opposite of the claim in the hundred and fifty-second verse (walada'llāh): a kinship is a claim of nearness; "a known station" is an acceptance of a position.
When the two sentences are set side by side the result is this: the nearness attributed to them is refused by themselves. The sūra refutes the claim from the mouth of the party claimed — the same work done in the hundred and fifty-eighth verse by saying "the jinn know".
| Verse | Expression | Pattern |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | wa'ṣ-ṣāffāti ṣaffā | A feminine plural active participle — what is sworn by |
| 165 | wa innā la-naḥnu'ṣ-ṣāffūn | A masculine plural active participle — the speaker |
The same root (ص-ف-ف), the same pattern (an active participle, definite), at the two ends of the sūra. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
The same threefold structure was present in the sixtieth and hundred and sixth verses (inna hādhā la-huwa…). Here it is used for the third time, and this time the subject is the first person plural.
The sentence is therefore not "we form ranks" but "the ones who form ranks are we". There is ḥaṣr (restriction).
It was recorded there: the Qurʾān uses the word ṣāffāt plainly of birds (al-Nūr 24/41; al-Mulk 67/19), and this is an intra-Qurʾānic indication against the angel reading. But the indication within the sūra pulls the other way: in the hundred and sixty-fifth verse a company uses the same root of itself.
These two indications conflict, and no preference was imposed in this commentary. Here I add only this note:
The hundred and sixty-fifth verse is the one ground from within the sūra for the angel reading of the first verse. And the force of that ground depends on two things: (a) that those speaking in the hundred and sixty-fourth verse really are angels, and (b) that a link has been set up between the two verses. Neither is stated openly in the text.
I record this as my own reading, and it is not binding: the sharing of the root between the two verses is a fact and is hard to explain as coincidence — because the sūra's name too is from this root. But this does not show that the first verse means only the angels; at most it shows that at its own end the sūra leaves a voice supporting that reading. The table of disagreement recorded in the section on the first verse keeps its validity.
Musabbiḥ was analysed in the section on the hundred and forty-third verse, and the table of the four occurrences in the sūra was given there.
And the link here must be recorded: mina'l-musabbiḥīn (143 — Jonah) and la-naḥnu'l-musabbiḥūn (166). The same mould, the one the group a single person belongs to, the other a group speaking collectively.
I record this as my own reading: in the hundred and forty-third verse a prophet in the belly of a fish is delivered by this act; in the hundred and sixty-sixth a company announces the same act as its own work. The sūra names with the same word the act that saves and the act of the order of the heavens.
And the order of the two verses is worth noting too: first ṣāffūn (standing in ranks — order), then musabbiḥūn (glorification — speech). The order of the three oaths in the first verses was the same: first ṣaff, then zajr, then tilāwa (speech). The three verses, that is, repeat the order of the sūra's opening: stance → voice. This is an observation.
وَإِن كَانُوا۟ لَيَقُولُونَ · لَوْ أَنَّ عِندَنَا ذِكْرًا مِّنَ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ · لَكُنَّا عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ · فَكَفَرُوا۟ بِهِۦ ۖ فَسَوْفَ يَعْلَمُونَ
Wa in kānū la-yaqūlūn · Law anna ʿindanā dhikran mina'l-awwalīn · La-kunnā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn · Fa-kafarū bihi fa-sawfa yaʿlamūn
"They used to say: 'If only we had a reminder from those of old, we would surely have been God's chosen servants.' But then they denied it. Soon they will know."
In here is not the negative but mukhaffafa mina'th-thaqīla — the lightened inna. The grammarians know it by the presence of the lām: la-yaqūlūn. The same structure was present in the fifty-sixth verse: in kidta la-turdīn.
And the root ذ-ك-ر occurs for the fourth and last time in the sūra. The table was given in the section on the structure. Now the table is completed:
| Verse | Expression | What happens |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | fa't-tāliyāti dhikrā | The reminder is carried |
| 13 | wa idhā dhukkirū lā yadhkurūn | The reminder arrives but is not taken |
| 155 | a-fa-lā tadhakkarūn | The reminder is asked for |
| 168 | law anna ʿindanā dhikran mina'l-awwalīn | The reminder is asked for as though it did not exist |
| 170 | fa-kafarū bihi | The reminder that came is denied |
This is a single story the sūra builds from beginning to end, and it is countable at five verse-points.
And the word al-awwalūn also occurs for the fourth and last time (17, 71, 126, 168). The table was given in the section on the seventy-first verse.
I record this as my own reading: the irony of the sentence is this — what they ask for is in their hands. Dhikr is one of the Qurʾān's own names. And the hundred and seventieth verse says so directly: fa-kafarū bihi — "then they denied it".
The conditional clause (law), that is, is a condition that has been realised, but the apodosis has not been realised. In Arabic law announces an unrealised condition; here the condition has been realised and the apodosis has not. This is the structure of word order that refutes the sentence's claim.
The construction had occurred four times in the sūra as an exception (40, 74, 128, 160) — each time naming the group saved from a ruling. The table was given in the section on the fortieth verse.
- Not an exception but a claim.
- Not in the mouth of the text but of the deniers.
- Not realised, but the apodosis of an unrealised condition.
| Occurrence | Who says it | Form |
|---|---|---|
| 40, 74, 128, 160 | The text | illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn — an exception |
| 169 | The deniers | la-kunnā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn — the apodosis of a condition |
This is a fact that can be verified from the text and is the one transformation performed with the sūra's key construction.
I record this as my own reading: the construction the sūra set down four times as the address of deliverance it sets, the fifth time, inside an unrealised claim. And immediately after, it says how the claim breaks down. The construction itself does not change; what changes is the state of the one who says it.
Kafarū — root ك-ف-ر: to cover, to hide. Kāfir in Arabic also means a farmer (one who covers the seed with earth). The root was analysed in al-Baqara.
Bihi — a pronoun. What does it refer to? To the dhikr (168). What they asked for has come, that is, and they have covered it over.
Sawfa — in Arabic the particle announcing the future. And it differs from sa-: sawfa announces a more distant future and a heavier emphasis.
I record this as my own reading: the sentence of threat is built with a verb of knowing: yaʿlamūn — "they will know". Not punishment but learning is promised. And this is consistent with the subject of the block: the block was built from beginning to end on a lack of knowledge — wa hum shāhidūn (150 — were they witnesses?), sulṭānun mubīn (156 — have you a warrant?), fa'tū bi-kitābikum (157 — bring your book), dhikran mina'l-awwalīn (168 — if only there were an announcement).
And the root ع-ل-م will occur once more in the sūra, in a different pattern: fa-sawfa yubṣirūn (175, 179) — there not knowing but seeing. When the two moulds stand side by side, the two verbs of the sūra's last block emerge: to know and to see.
وَلَقَدْ سَبَقَتْ كَلِمَتُنَا لِعِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ · إِنَّهُمْ لَهُمُ ٱلْمَنصُورُونَ · وَإِنَّ جُندَنَا لَهُمُ ٱلْغَٰلِبُونَ · فَتَوَلَّ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ · وَأَبْصِرْهُمْ فَسَوْفَ يُبْصِرُونَ · أَفَبِعَذَابِنَا يَسْتَعْجِلُونَ · فَإِذَا نَزَلَ بِسَاحَتِهِمْ فَسَآءَ صَبَاحُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ · وَتَوَلَّ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ · وَأَبْصِرْ فَسَوْفَ يُبْصِرُونَ
Wa laqad sabaqat kalimatunā li-ʿibādina'l-mursalīn · Innahum la-humu'l-manṣūrūn · Wa inna jundanā la-humu'l-ghālibūn · Fa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn · Wa abṣirhum fa-sawfa yubṣirūn · A-fa-bi-ʿadhābinā yastaʿjilūn · Fa-idhā nazala bi-sāḥatihim fa-sāʾa ṣabāḥu'l-mundharīn · Wa tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn · Wa abṣir fa-sawfa yubṣirūn
"And Our word has gone forth already concerning Our servants the messengers: they will surely be helped, and Our host will surely prevail. So turn away from them for a time, and watch them — soon they will see. Do they seek to hasten Our punishment? But when it comes down into their courtyard, how evil will be the morning of those who were warned! Turn away from them for a time, and watch — soon they will see."
Sabaqa — root س-ب-ق: to go ahead, to be first. The root was treated at al-Wāqiʿa 56/10, 60 (al-sābiqūn, masbūqīn).
And the choice of the verb is worth noting — as my own reading: the verse does not say "We have a word", it says "Our word went ahead". The promise, that is, stands in front of the events — not a consolation given afterwards.
Kalima — root ك-ل-م. And in Arabic kalima means not a single word but also a saying, a decree. In the thirty-first verse the same idea occurred with another word: fa-ḥaqqa ʿalaynā qawlu rabbinā — "the word of our Lord has come true against us".
| Verse | Word | About whom |
|---|---|---|
| 31 | qawlu rabbinā | Those in the punishment — against them |
| 171 | kalimatunā | The messengers — in their favour |
Li-ʿibādina'l-mursalīn — "Our servants the messengers". And the construct uses the same word as the closing mould of the sequence: min ʿibādinā'l-muʾminīn (81, 111, 132). The same structure: ʿibādinā + an attribute.
And the two verses are in the same mould: inna + a noun + la-humu + a definite active or passive participle.
| Verse | Who | Word | Pattern |
|---|---|---|---|
| 172 | innahum — the messengers | al-manṣūrūn | Passive participle — those who are helped |
| 173 | jundanā — Our host | al-ghālibūn | Active participle — those who prevail |
The difference of pattern is worth noting — as my own reading: the messengers are named with the passive pattern (those helped), the host with the active (those who prevail). Help comes to the messenger, that is; the victory belongs to the host. The two sentences say the same outcome from two different directions.
Manṣūr — root ن-ص-ر. And in the hundred and sixteenth verse it was said of Moses and Aaron wa naṣarnāhum. The same root, the one realised in the past, the other a promise given for the future.
Al-ghālibūn — root غ-ل-ب. And in the hundred and sixteenth verse it was said fa-kānū humu'l-ghālibīn. The table was given in the section on the hundred and sixteenth verse.
Verses one hundred and seventy-two and one hundred and seventy-three, that is, turn into a general rule two things that were realised in the past in the Moses-Aaron section (help and victory). This is a link that can be verified from the text.
Jund — a soldier, an army, a company. And the construct is jundanā — "Our host". Whose it is is not said, of whom it consists is not said. The verse does not give it, and neither do I.
And here is the plainest repetition of the sūra. Verses one hundred and seventy-four to one hundred and seventy-five and verses one hundred and seventy-eight to one hundred and seventy-nine are almost exactly the same:
| 174-175 | 178-179 | Difference | |
|---|---|---|---|
| First verse | fa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn | wa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn | Conjunction: fāʾ / wāw |
| Second verse | wa abṣirhum fa-sawfa yubṣirūn | wa abṣir fa-sawfa yubṣirūn | Object: hum present / absent |
And there are two verses in between (176-177) — the repetition, then, is not idle; it sets up a frame:
| Position | Content |
|---|---|
| 174-175 | Turn away + watch |
| 176-177 | Do they seek to hasten it? — how evil that morning is |
| 178-179 | Turn away + watch |
A warning has been set between the two commands, that is. This is a widespread structure in the Qurʾān, and in al-Wāqiʿa a note was entered for the same structure (the repetition of verse 74 = 96): the repetition draws a block boundary.
I record this as my own reading: the abṣirhum ("watch them") of the first command has an object; in the second the object has dropped: abṣir ("watch"). In the second command, that is, what is to be watched is not specified. The first says to look at them, the second only to look. This is an observation about the structure; the grammarians issue no firm ruling on a difference of sense.
Tawalla — root و-ل-ي, Form V: to turn away. And the verb had occurred in the ninetieth verse: fa-tawallaw ʿanhu mudbirīn — Abraham's people had turned away from him.
| Verse | Verb | Who from whom |
|---|---|---|
| 90 | fa-tawallaw ʿanhu | The people, from Abraham |
| 174, 178 | fa-tawalla ʿanhum | The Prophet, from them |
The same verb, the same preposition (ʿan), the opposite direction. This is a fact that can be verified from the text.
And at al-Dhāriyāt 51/54 the same command was treated: fa-tawalla ʿanhum fa-mā anta bi-malūm. I rely on that treatment. The difference here: in al-Dhāriyāt a consolation follows the command ("you are not to be blamed"); in al-Ṣāffāt a term is given ("for a time").
Ḥattā ḥīn — "for a time". And ḥīn for the third time in the sūra (148, 174, 178). The table was given in the section on the hundred and forty-eighth verse.
I record this as my own reading: the command is not an abandonment but a postponement. Ḥattā (until) announces a limit. And the term is left indefinite (ḥīn is indefinite). Not "leave them", then, but "leave them for now".
Abṣara — root ب-ص-ر, Form IV: to see, to watch. Baṣar — the eye, sight; baṣīra — inward sight. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/21 (a-fa-lā tubṣirūn) and in al-Qiyāma.
And a point of word order is worth noting: the same root is used both in the command and in the threat.
The same mould (fa-sawfa + imperfect), three times, two different verbs. The sūra's last block sets knowing and seeing side by side. This is a countable fact.
Istaʿjala — root ع-ج-ل, Form X: to ask that a thing come quickly. ʿAjala — to want a thing before its time. The root was treated at al-Dhāriyāt 51/14, 59 (tastaʿjilūn, fa-lā yastaʿjilūn) and in al-Shūrā.
A point of word order: a-fa-bi-ʿadhābinā yastaʿjilūn — the prepositional phrase has been brought forward. The ordinary order would have been a-fa-yastaʿjilūna bi-ʿadhābinā. The bringing forward creates emphasis: "is it Our punishment they seek to hasten?"
I record this as my own reading: the question is a question of astonishment. To ask for a thing no one would think of asking for — and this accords with the bearing at the start of the sūra: in the twelfth verse they were mocking, in the fifteenth they were saying "sorcery". The mockery turns at the end into a challenge.
Nazala — root ن-ز-ل: to come down, to alight. And the use of the word in this context is important: nazala bi- in Arabic means "to alight in a place, to encamp there" — the arriving and alighting of a traveller.
And the word nuzul analysed in al-Wāqiʿa is from this root: the first hospitality set out for a guest on his arrival. In the sixty-second verse khayrun nuzulan was said.
| Verse | Word | Who comes |
|---|---|---|
| 62 | nuzulan | The hospitality set out for a guest |
| 177 | nazala bi-sāḥatihim | The punishment alights in their courtyard |
I record this as my own reading: the choice of word announces a distance. The punishment does not come down "upon them"; it comes down into their courtyard — that is, before the door. This is the picture of an army encamping before a settlement, and in Arabic this is expressed exactly as nazala bi-sāḥatihim. The next word completes it: ṣabāḥ.
Sāʾa — in Arabic the verb of dispraise (fiʿl al-dhamm). Its opposite is niʿma. And in the seventy-fifth verse fa-la-niʿma'l-mujībūn had occurred.
| Verse | Verb | Of what |
|---|---|---|
| 75 | fa-la-niʿma'l-mujībūn | Praise — the answerers |
| 177 | fa-sāʾa ṣabāḥu'l-mundharīn | Dispraise — the morning of those warned |
Ṣabāḥ — root ص-ب-ح. And the use of the word here is connected with the language of war in Arabic, and this is worth noting: among the Arabs raids were most often made at dawn, and ṣabbaḥa'l-qawma meant "he made a dawn raid upon the people". For this reason the word ṣabāḥ in this context carries the suggestion of "the hour of the raid".
And at al-Qamar 54/38 the same root occurred in the same context: wa laqad ṣabbaḥahum bukratan ʿadhābun mustaqirr. And in the hundred and thirty-seventh verse muṣbiḥīn was said of the ruin of the people of Lot.
| Place | Expression | Subject |
|---|---|---|
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/137 | la-tamurrūna ʿalayhim muṣbiḥīn | Passing by the ruin in the morning |
| Al-Ṣāffāt 37/177 | fa-sāʾa ṣabāḥu'l-mundharīn | The morning on which the punishment comes |
| Al-Qamar 54/38 | wa laqad ṣabbaḥahum bukratan | The punishment that came to the people of Lot in the morning |
Al-mundharīn — root ن-ذ-ر, a passive participle: those warned. And the word for the second time in the sūra (73, 177). In the section on the seventy-third verse the difference mundhirīn / mundharīn was given in a table.
I record this as my own reading: in the seventy-third verse it was said "look how the end of those warned turned out", and thereafter the accounts of six prophets were recounted. In the hundred and seventy-seventh the same word returns, and this time it is used of the addressee himself. The sūra's sequence of prophets is thus set between two occurrences of the word mundharīn. This is a frame that can be verified from the text.
سُبْحَٰنَ رَبِّكَ رَبِّ ٱلْعِزَّةِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ · وَسَلَٰمٌ عَلَى ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ · وَٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Subḥāna rabbika rabbi'l-ʿizzati ʿammā yaṣifūn · Wa salāmun ʿala'l-mursalīn · Wa'l-ḥamdu li'llāhi rabbi'l-ʿālamīn
"Glory be to your Lord, the Lord of might, above what they describe. And peace be upon the messengers who were sent. And praise be to God, the Lord of all the worlds."
| Verse | Work | Direction |
|---|---|---|
| 180 | Declaring free — holding away from what is ascribed | Upward |
| 181 | Peace — to the messengers | Sideways |
| 182 | Praise | Upward |
And the middle verse is a salutation set between two sentences of declaring free and of praise. This is a fact of word order.
The verse is the expanded form of the hundred and fifty-ninth. The table was given in the section on the hundred and fifty-ninth verse.
1. Rabbika — "your Lord". The address turns to the Prophet. In the hundred and fifty-ninth verse there was the divine name (Allāh). 2. Rabbi'l-ʿizzati — "the Lord of might". An attributive construct is added.
ʿIzza — root ع-ز-ز. And the concrete sense of the root is worth noting: arḍu'l-ʿazāz — hard, barren ground that gives no passage. ʿAzza — he became strong, he prevailed, he became unattainable. In the root there are two things: hardness and unattainability.
The root was treated in al-Fatḥ, al-Ḥashr, al-Munāfiqūn and al-Najm.
And the placing of the construct here is worth noting — as my own reading: waṣf (describing) is to draw the bounds of a thing. ʿIzza is unattainability. The two words meet in the same sentence: those who describe draw a bound, the one described is unattainable. The sentence is built on this tension.
And at al-Munāfiqūn 63/8 the same word had occurred as a claim (la-yukhrijanna'l-aʿazzu minha'l-adhall) — there might was supposed to be something shared out among human beings. Here it is attributed to a single place.
| Verse | The peace | To whom |
|---|---|---|
| 79 | salāmun ʿalā Nūḥin fi'l-ʿālamīn | One person |
| 109 | salāmun ʿalā Ibrāhīm | One person |
| 120 | salāmun ʿalā Mūsā wa Hārūn | Two persons |
| 130 | salāmun ʿalā Il Yāsīn | One person |
| 181 | wa salāmun ʿalā al-mursalīn | All of them |
And what was recorded in the section on the structure is completed here: Lot and Jonah received no peace in the sequence, but both had been presented as mina'l-mursalīn (133, 139). The hundred and eighty-first verse says al-mursalīn.
This is a link of wording that can be verified from the text. And whether the link is made is not said in the verse — I recorded this in the section on the structure as well.
| The salutations in the sequence | 181 | |
|---|---|---|
| A wāw at the head | Absent | Present — wa salāmun |
| The addressee | A definite name | A definite plural |
The wāw at the head binds the verse to the preceding verse. The peace, that is, comes not as an independent sentence but as the continuation of the sentence of declaring free. And the hundred and eighty-second verse is joined with a wāw too. The three verses are a single chain.
The construction al-ḥamdu li'llāhi rabbi'l-ʿālamīn was analysed in detail at al-Fātiḥa 1/1 — the differences between ḥamd, shukr and madḥ, the work of the lām, the root of the word rabb and the plural form of ʿālamīn were given there. I do not repeat it and I rely on that treatment.
| Verse | Construction | Who says it |
|---|---|---|
| 87 | fa-mā ẓannukum bi-rabbi'l-ʿālamīn | Abraham |
| 182 | wa'l-ḥamdu li'llāhi rabbi'l-ʿālamīn | The closing |
The sūra closes with the construction it set in Abraham's mouth. And Abraham had asked a question there; the sūra gives a judgement here.
I record this as my own reading: the question asked ninety-five verses earlier ("what do you suppose of the Lord of all the worlds?") was left unanswered. The sūra's last verse gives its own answer to that question: al-ḥamdu li'llāh. The text does not set up this link openly; the sharing of the words is a datum.
That a sūra of the Qurʾān should close with al-ḥamdu li'llāh is rare. And al-Ṣāffāt's closing is not of three words but of three verses: declaring free, peace, praise.
| Sentence | The subject it closes |
|---|---|
| Subḥāna rabbika… | The subject of block 149-170 — what is ascribed to God |
| Wa salāmun ʿala'l-mursalīn | The subject of block 75-148 — the sequence of prophets |
| Wa'l-ḥamdu li'llāh… | The subject of block 1-11 — God's oneness and lordship |
The closing, that is, gathers the sūra in reverse order: the subject treated last comes first, the subject treated first comes last. This is an observation; the text claims no such order.
Through a hundred and eighty-two verses the sūra carried on a dispute: who serves what, who fabricates what, who leads whom astray, who witnessed what. And in its closing there is not one sentence of dispute.
What is worth recording is this: the text gives its last word not as a proof but as a bearing — to hold away, to give peace, to praise. In the section on al-Wāqiʿa it was recorded that the sūra's last command was not a piece of knowledge or an act but a bearing (al-Wāqiʿa 56/96). Al-Ṣāffāt does the same thing three times over.
And the middle sentence — wa salāmun ʿala'l-mursalīn — is a human utterance: peace is something said among people. The sūra sets a salutation between two sentences of declaring free. Between two sentences that look upward, that is, there is a sentence that looks sideways.
| Block | Verses | Work | Closing |
|---|---|---|---|
| I | 1-11 | Three oaths, the ruling of God's oneness, the guarding of the sky, the proof from clay | min ṭīnin lāzib |
| II | 12-39 | Mockery, the objection to resurrection, the reckoning and the quarrel in the fire | mā kuntum taʿmalūn |
| III | 40-61 | The picture of the garden and the scene of the qarīn | fa'l-yaʿmali'l-ʿāmilūn |
| IV | 62-74 | Zaqqūm, following the forefathers, the end of those warned | illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn |
| V | 75-148 | The sequence of prophets — six sections | fa-mattaʿnāhum ilā ḥīn |
| VI | 149-170 | The dispute over daughters and sons, the angels, "we are the ones who stand in ranks" | fa-sawfa yaʿlamūn |
| VII | 171-182 | The promise given to the messengers, "turn away" twice, the closing | rabbi'l-ʿālamīn |
| Prophet | taraknā | salām | najzi'l-muḥsinīn | min ʿibādinā |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Noah (75-82) | 78 | 79 | 80 | 81 |
| Abraham (83-113) | 108 | 109 | 105 and 110 | 111 |
| Moses-Aaron (114-122) | 119 | 120 | 121 | 122 |
| Elijah (123-132) | 129 | 130 | 131 | 132 |
| Lot (133-138) | — | — | — | — |
| Jonah (139-148) | — | — | — | — |
And the two missing salutations are given collectively in verse 181: wa salāmun ʿala'l-mursalīn — and both had been presented as mina'l-mursalīn (133, 139).
| Repetition | Where | What it does |
|---|---|---|
| A repeated sentence | fa/wa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatasāʾalūn — 27 and 50 | The fire and the garden, the same sentence |
| A repeated sentence | a-idhā mitnā wa kunnā turāban wa ʿiẓāman — 16 and 53 | mabʿūthūn / madīnūn — one word of difference |
| A repeated sentence | fa/wa-tawalla ʿanhum ḥattā ḥīn · wa abṣir(hum) fa-sawfa yubṣirūn — 174-175 and 178-179 | A difference of two words |
| A refrain | illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn — 40, 74, 128, 160; and in 169 in the mouths of the deniers | The condition of deliverance, at the end inside a falsehood |
| A mould | innā kadhālika najzi'l-muḥsinīn — 80, 105, 121, 131; kadhālika — 110 | Innā absent only at 110 |
| A mould | innā kadhālika nafʿalu bi'l-mujrimīn — 34 | The reverse of the closing mould |
| A command | fa'staftihim — 11 and 149 | Two block openings |
| A mould | inna hādhā la-huwa … — 60 (al-fawzu'l-ʿaẓīm) and 106 (al-balāʾu'l-mubīn) | A ruling with three reinforcements |
| A mould | wa innā la-naḥnu … — 165, 166 | The same threefold reinforcement |
| Declaring free | subḥāna … ʿammā yaṣifūn — 159 and 180 | The second expanded |
| A mould | fa-sawfa yaʿlamūn (170), fa-sawfa yubṣirūn (175, 179) | To know / to see |
| A construction | al-karbi'l-ʿaẓīm — 76 (Noah) and 115 (Moses-Aaron) | Two deliverances from water |
| A word | saqīm — 89 (Abraham) and 145 (Jonah) | The same attribute, two prophets |
| A word | mulīm — 142; and al-Dhāriyāt 51/40 (Pharaoh) | The same attribute, opposite outcomes |
| A mould | thumma aghraqna'l-ākharīn (82) / thumma dammarna'l-ākharīn (136) | The same structure, two sections |
| Root | At the beginning of the sūra | At the end of the sūra | What it does |
|---|---|---|---|
| ص-ف-ف | wa'ṣ-ṣāffāti ṣaffā (1) | wa innā la-naḥnu'ṣ-ṣāffūn (165) | The sūra's name, at its two ends |
| ز-ج-ر | fa'z-zājirāti zajrā (2) | innamā hiya zajratun wāḥida (19) | The verb of the oath, the name of the resurrection |
| ذ-ك-ر | fa't-tāliyāti dhikrā (3) | lā yadhkurūn (13) · a-fa-lā tadhakkarūn (155) · dhikran mina'l-awwalīn (168) | The reminder carried / not taken / asked for |
| س-ب-ح | — | mina'l-musabbiḥīn (143) · la-naḥnu'l-musabbiḥūn (166) · subḥāna (159, 180) | The act that saves, the work of the angels |
| س-ل-م | mustaslimūn (26) | salīm (84) · aslamā (103) · salām (79, 109, 120, 130, 181) | Surrender perforce / willingly |
| ه-د-ي | fa'hdūhum ilā ṣirāṭi'l-jaḥīm (23) | sa-yahdīn (99) · wa hadaynāhuma'ṣ-ṣirāṭa'l-mustaqīm (118) | The same verb, two directions |
| ن-ذ-ر | mundhirīn (72) | mundharīn (73) · mundharīn (177) | Warner / warned, a difference of one vowel |
| أ-خ-ر | fi'l-ākhirīn (78, 108, 119, 129) | al-ākharīn (82, 136) | Those who come after / the others |
| ح-س-ن | najzi'l-muḥsinīn (80, 105, 110, 121, 131) | aḥsana'l-khāliqīn (125) · muḥsinun wa ẓālim (113) | The one who does most beautifully / those who do beautifully |
| غ-ل-ب | fa-kānū humu'l-ghālibīn (116) | wa inna jundanā la-humu'l-ghālibūn (173) | Realised in the past / promised for the future |
| ن-ص-ر | lā tanāṣarūn (25) | wa naṣarnāhum (116) · la-humu'l-manṣūrūn (172) | Those who cannot help one another / those who are helped |
| إ-ف-ك | a-ifkan ālihatan (86 — Abraham) | min ifkihim la-yaqūlūn (151) | A question / a ruling |
| ن-ز-ل | khayrun nuzulan (62) | nazala bi-sāḥatihim (177) | Hospitality / alighting |
| ر-ب-ب | bi-rabbi'l-ʿālamīn (87 — Abraham) | li'llāhi rabbi'l-ʿālamīn (182) | A question / praise |
| ح-ض-ر | la-kuntu mina'l-muḥḍarīn (57) | la-muḥḍarūn (127, 158) | It did not happen / they will be |
| ج-ح-م | 23, 55, 64, 68, 97, 163 | — | Six occurrences |
| Verses | Sound | How many verses |
|---|---|---|
| 1-3 | Nunated -ā | 3 |
| 4-11 | Long vowel + b / d / q | 8 |
| 12-182 | Long vowel + n or m | 171 — without exception |
The following are limits recorded per the method (Method) and read off the text itself:
| Verse | What it does |
|---|---|
| 71 | aktharu'l-awwalīn — "most", not all |
| 113 | muḥsinun wa ẓālimun li-nafsihi — two kinds of human being from the same line |
| 126 | rabba ābāʾikumu'l-awwalīn — the Lord of the forefathers too; no wholesale condemnation |
| 128 | illā ʿibāda'llāhi'l-mukhlaṣīn — an exception from within the people who denied |
| 148 | fa-āmanū — a people who believe at the end of the sequence |
All five run in the same direction: the judgement is tied not to a group but to an attribute. This is the counterpart within the sūra of the principle recorded in Method, "no wholesale judgement is built".
I record it per the method: in the following places two or more readings were transmitted and in none of them was a preference imposed.
| Verse | The disagreement |
|---|---|
| 1-3 | Who or what is sworn by — angels, the ranks of prayer, birds, a mixture |
| 5 | Why al-mashāriq alone (without the settings being named) |
| 6 | Bi-zīnatini'l-kawākib — a construct or an appositive |
| 8 | Lā yassammaʿūn / lā yasmaʿūn |
| 11 | Who man khalaqnā are — angels, the heavens and earth, the peoples of the past |
| 12 | ʿAjibta / ʿajibtu — and the attribution of the verb ʿajab |
| 22 | Azwājahum — their spouses, their like, or their qarīns |
| 28 | ʿAni'l-yamīn — the side of religion, force, oaths, the trusted side |
| 28-32 | Who the speaking parties are — followers/leaders, or human beings/satans |
| 41 | Rizqun maʿlūm — "known" in what respect |
| 47 | Yunzafūn / yanzifūn; which harm ghawl removes |
| 49 | Bayḍun maknūn — colour, being preserved, or smoothness |
| 51 | Qarīn — a human being or another kind of being |
| 58-59 | Who says these two verses |
| 61 | Li-mithli hādhā — is mithl intensification or real likeness |
| 63 | Fitna — an occasion of dispute, a punishment, or both |
| 65 | Ruʾūsu'sh-shayāṭīn — how the comparison works |
| 88-89 | Fa-naẓara … innī saqīm — five different explanations |
| 93 | Bi'l-yamīn — the right hand, force, an oath |
| 96 | Wa mā taʿmalūn — is mā relative or verbal-noun |
| 99-113 | Which son is the sacrifice — Ishmael / Isaac |
| 102 | Mādhā tarā / mādhā turā; the character of the consultation |
| 103 | Whether the apodosis of lammā is elided |
| 107 | Dhibḥin ʿaẓīm — "great" in what respect |
| 110 | Why innā is absent |
| 125 | Baʿl — the name of an idol, "master", or a foreign name |
| 130 | Il Yāsīn / Ilyāsīn / Āl Yāsīn |
| 147 | Aw yazīdūn — the work of aw |
| 158 | Who al-jinna are; to whom innahum refers |
| 160 | Whether the exception attaches to 158 or to 159 |
| 162 | To whom the pronoun ʿalayhi refers |
| 164-166 | Who is speaking — angels, believers, prophets |
- The reason why the Lot and Jonah sections do not receive the closing mould. The fact is certain; four explanations were given for the reason and none can be proved from the text.
- The reason for the absence of innā in verse 110. The fact is certain; three explanations were given.
- The link between the subject of the oath in the first verse and the speaking party in verse 165. The sharing of the root is a datum; that the link is made by the text cannot be shown.
- Who the son to be sacrificed is. The verse gives no name; the table of disagreement was given and no preference was imposed.
- The attribution of the verb ʿajab on the second reading in verse 12. The theological dispute was not entered; two approaches were recorded.
- Who is speaking in verses 164-166. The context runs toward the angels, but the text gives no verb (qālū).